22.07.2013 Views

Flowgraph View - Kodak

Flowgraph View - Kodak

Flowgraph View - Kodak

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

User Guide<br />

Version 2.2<br />

March 2007 Part Number 4F3931


Eastman <strong>Kodak</strong> Company<br />

343 State Street<br />

Rochester, NY 14650<br />

<strong>Kodak</strong>, EasyShare, <strong>Kodak</strong> Professional,<br />

XtraLife, Vision, Cineon and Wratten are<br />

trademarks of Eastman <strong>Kodak</strong> Company.<br />

© Eastman <strong>Kodak</strong> Company, 2007


A BOUT THIS BOOK<br />

This book describes how to use KODAK Look Manager System Version 2.2<br />

Intended users of this book are<br />

• Cinematographers<br />

Directors of photography<br />

Lab timers and technicians<br />

VFX supervisors<br />

Colorists and post production engineers<br />

DI supervisors<br />

Visual effects supervisors<br />

Creatives<br />

Users should be familiar with cinematography techniques and motion picture<br />

film development procedures, as well as video and digital output procedures.<br />

Some Look Manager System features are not available to all users,<br />

depending on the edition that you are using. Three editions are available:<br />

Educational Edition<br />

Production Edition<br />

KODAK VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

This book discusses all three editions. For a description of the various features<br />

in each edition, see “Look Manager System Features” on page 5.<br />

The information in this book is also available in the Look Manager System by<br />

going to Help > Contents.<br />

Instructions for both MACINTOSH and WINDOWS Operating Systems are<br />

included. The software windows shown are for the WINDOWS OS, but the<br />

MACINTOSH windows function in a similar manner.<br />

The screenshots shown are from the Production Edition.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 i


TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

Introduction....................................................................................... 1<br />

When to Use the KODAK Look Manager System ......................... 1<br />

Communicating Looks With Your Partners ................................... 3<br />

Look Manager System Features ................................................... 5<br />

Before Starting .............................................................................. 7<br />

Getting Help .................................................................................. 8<br />

Setting Up Your System................................................................... 9<br />

Step 1: Install the Software............................................................ 9<br />

Step 2: Obtain a License ............................................................. 10<br />

Step 3: Connect the Hardware .................................................... 11<br />

Step 4: Open the System for the First Time ................................ 18<br />

Adding Licenses ......................................................................... 20<br />

Software Basics .............................................................................. 21<br />

The Scene Layout ....................................................................... 21<br />

Look Builder ................................................................................ 30<br />

Displaying Properties from Look Builder ..................................... 31<br />

Look Builder Toolbar Bars........................................................... 32<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>........................................................................... 34<br />

Setting the Main <strong>View</strong> Preferences ............................................. 36<br />

Working with Projects .................................................................... 41<br />

When Working with Projects........................................................ 41<br />

Creating a Project........................................................................ 42<br />

Opening an Existing Project ........................................................ 49<br />

Synchronizing Projects................................................................ 50<br />

Importing a Project Synchronization File..................................... 53<br />

Saving Projects ........................................................................... 53<br />

Working with Scenes...................................................................... 55<br />

Creating Scenes .......................................................................... 55<br />

Importing Images Into a Scene.................................................... 56<br />

Importing a Scene ....................................................................... 64<br />

Selecting the Input Source .......................................................... 65<br />

Selecting the Projection Mask ..................................................... 67<br />

Selecting the Output Media of a Scene or Image........................ 68<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 iii


Table of Contents<br />

Selecting Input/Output Profiles .................................................... 69<br />

Hiding and Deleting Images in a Scene....................................... 70<br />

Managing Your Scenes................................................................ 72<br />

Creating Looks in<br />

Main <strong>View</strong> ......................................................................................... 73<br />

Managing Templates and Looks .................................................. 74<br />

Importing Looks............................................................................ 76<br />

Negative Settings in Main <strong>View</strong> ................................................... 78<br />

Master Positive and Dupe Negative Settings in Main <strong>View</strong> ......... 80<br />

Print Settings in Main <strong>View</strong> .......................................................... 82<br />

Color Corrector Settings in Main <strong>View</strong> ......................................... 84<br />

Saving Looks in Main <strong>View</strong> .......................................................... 85<br />

Exporting an Image ..................................................................... 86<br />

Comparing Looks in the Look Builder .......................................... 88<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics .................................................................. 93<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Main Window ..................................................... 93<br />

Toolbars in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>......................................................... 94<br />

Node Descriptions for <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>........................................ 96<br />

Menus in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>............................................................ 97<br />

Status Bar in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>...................................................... 98<br />

Indicator Lights in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> .............................................. 98<br />

Workspace Options in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> ....................................... 98<br />

Sample Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>........................................... 100<br />

Setting <strong>Flowgraph</strong> Preferences.................................................. 103<br />

Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> ......................................................... 109<br />

Managing Your Files in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>.................................... 110<br />

Creating Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> ......................................... 112<br />

Opening and Closing Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> ..................... 115<br />

Working with Templates in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> .............................. 116<br />

<strong>View</strong>ing Your Recipe Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> ...................... 118<br />

Saving Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>............................................ 119<br />

Sharing Recipes......................................................................... 121<br />

<strong>View</strong>ing Recipe Properties in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> .......................... 123<br />

Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> ...................................... 127<br />

Input Roll/Image Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>) ........................................... 127<br />

Using the Image Controller Tab<br />

in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>...................................................................... 128<br />

Save Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>) ............................................................. 135<br />

iv KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Table of Contents<br />

Emulation Nodes in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> ............................................................................ 137<br />

Negative Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>) ...................................................... 137<br />

Master Positive and Dupe Negative Nodes (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>) ......... 149<br />

Print Emulation Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>) ............................................ 154<br />

Color Corrector Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>) ............................................ 161<br />

Tool Nodes in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> ............................................................................ 163<br />

Timing Node ............................................................................. 163<br />

Matrix Gamma Node ................................................................. 165<br />

Split Node ................................................................................. 167<br />

Merge Node............................................................................... 168<br />

Apply 3DLut Node ..................................................................... 170<br />

HD Standard Looks Node.......................................................... 171<br />

HD Custom Looks Node............................................................ 172<br />

Using the VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition.............................................................................. 173<br />

Creating VISION2 HD System Looks in Main <strong>View</strong> .................. 174<br />

Creating VISION2 HD System Recipes in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>......................................................................... 178<br />

3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying.......................... 191<br />

Exporting a 3D LUT in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>..................................... 191<br />

Exporting a 3D LUT in Main <strong>View</strong> ............................................. 193<br />

Applying a 3D LUT in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>...................................... 194<br />

Applying a 3D LUT in Main <strong>View</strong> ............................................... 194<br />

3DL File Format—Overview ...................................................... 195<br />

3D LUT—Overview.................................................................... 196<br />

<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> .................................. 199<br />

Using Quick Preview ................................................................. 199<br />

Using the Image<strong>View</strong>er ............................................................. 200<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er Options ................................................................ 202<br />

Selecting Different Images in a Recipe ..................................... 205<br />

Comparing Looks ...................................................................... 206<br />

Digital Still Cameras ..................................................................... 209<br />

Working with Digital Still Images................................................ 209<br />

Setting Up the KODAK EASYSHARE Cameras........................ 210<br />

Setting Up the CANON Cameras ............................................. 211<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 v


Table of Contents<br />

Setting Up the NIKON Cameras ................................................ 212<br />

Transferring Images to the Computer ........................................ 214<br />

Printing Still Images...................................................................... 215<br />

Setting up the Printers................................................................ 215<br />

How to Print a Still Image from the Main <strong>View</strong>........................... 218<br />

How to Print a Still Image from the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>.................. 221<br />

Determining Your Printer Offsets ............................................... 224<br />

Calibrating Your Monitor .............................................................. 227<br />

How it Works .............................................................................. 227<br />

Opening the Display Manager System....................................... 228<br />

The Display Manager System Main Window ............................. 229<br />

Supported Hardware.................................................................. 230<br />

Before Calibrating ...................................................................... 232<br />

Setting the Calibration Options .................................................. 233<br />

Saving and Loading Settings ..................................................... 239<br />

Calibration.................................................................................. 240<br />

Characterization ......................................................................... 248<br />

Verify .......................................................................................... 250<br />

Troubleshooting the Look Manager System .............................. 257<br />

There is Banding Across my Image ........................................... 258<br />

My Image Doesn’t Look Right .................................................... 258<br />

My Video Card Needs to be Updated ........................................ 259<br />

Failed to Apply Refined Look to Image ...................................... 259<br />

The Image Does Not Appear in Look Builder............................. 259<br />

Image Does Not Appear in the Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>) ....................................................................... 259<br />

DPX and CIN Images Cannot be <strong>View</strong>ed .................................. 260<br />

Quick Preview/Image<strong>View</strong>er Do Not<br />

Display Images (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>) ............................................. 260<br />

Changes Do Not Appear in the Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>) ....................................................................... 262<br />

Images Do Not Refresh with the New Look<br />

(Main <strong>View</strong>) ................................................................................ 262<br />

The System Does Not Recognize my Image ............................. 262<br />

Look Builder Does Not Open ..................................................... 263<br />

USB Device Is Not Recognized ................................................. 263<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er Does Not Open<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>) ....................................................................... 263<br />

Recipe Issue Displayed in Recipe Information<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>) ....................................................................... 263<br />

vi KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Table of Contents<br />

Indicator Light is On (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>) ..................................... 264<br />

The System Does Not Recognize my License .......................... 264<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Monitor Calibration....................................................................... 265<br />

Calibration Failure ..................................................................... 266<br />

Characterization Failure ............................................................ 267<br />

Verification Failure..................................................................... 267<br />

Dark Gain Correction Failure..................................................... 268<br />

Sensor Does Not Adhere to Screen .......................................... 268<br />

Sensor Needs to be Replaced................................................... 269<br />

Sensor is Not Recognized ......................................................... 269<br />

Enable Cable Does Not Recognize the Monitor........................ 270<br />

Calibrate Icon is Not Available................................................... 270<br />

Problem with the .ini File ........................................................... 270<br />

The Results are Not as Expected.............................................. 271<br />

Super Bright Capable Display will Not Calibrate ....................... 271<br />

Appendix A<br />

Shortcut Keys in Main <strong>View</strong>......................................................... 273<br />

Scene Layout Shortcut Keys ..................................................... 273<br />

Look Builder Shortcut Keys ...................................................... 275<br />

Appendix B<br />

Shortcut Keys in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> ............................................................................ 277<br />

System Shortcut Keys ............................................................... 277<br />

Image Controller Shortcut Keys ................................................ 279<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er Shortcut Keys ..................................................... 279<br />

Appendix C<br />

Shortcut Keys in<br />

Display Manager System ............................................................. 281<br />

Display Manager System Shortcut Keys .................................. 281<br />

Appendix D<br />

Image Types .................................................................................. 283<br />

Appendix E<br />

Regulatory Information ................................................................ 285<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 vii


Table of Contents<br />

Appendix F<br />

System Requirements................................................................... 287<br />

Minimum Requirements ............................................................. 287<br />

Additional Software .................................................................... 288<br />

Required and Optional Hardware............................................... 288<br />

Glossary ......................................................................................... 289<br />

Index ............................................................................................... 297<br />

viii KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


INTRODUCTION<br />

With the KODAK Look Manager System you can create and communicate a<br />

desired and consistent tone and color look.<br />

Use digital still images or scanned frames to develop the desired look for your<br />

production. Experiment with filmmaking options by digitally emulating:<br />

Photochemical processing and printing<br />

Video and digital output processes<br />

Digital intermediate processes<br />

When to Use the KODAK Look Manager System<br />

Following are examples of how to use the Look Manager System to improve<br />

the production process and maintain a consistent look. As you become<br />

familiar with the Look Manager System, you will discover your own creative<br />

uses for the application.<br />

During Pre-Production<br />

Scouting a Location<br />

A location scout can capture digital still images of a potential location. Use the<br />

Look Manager System to find the best combination of in-camera and<br />

traditional digital post-processes to develop a desired look.<br />

Deciding How You’re Going to Shoot<br />

Use the system to make critical decisions when selecting:<br />

Film stock<br />

Development processes<br />

Exposure settings<br />

Filters and gels (for tone and color impact, not defocus/blur effects)<br />

Previsualize with different settings and options to see how they affect the final<br />

product.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 1


Introduction<br />

Calculating Filter Factors<br />

Instead of referring to filter factor charts that may or may not contain the<br />

specific combination that you want, use the Negative node to automatically<br />

calculate the filter factor.<br />

Communicating With Production Staff<br />

Save and print images as they will appear in the final media. Send these<br />

images to costume, makeup, lighting, set direction, and other principle<br />

production team members. They can refer to this look while making their<br />

creative decisions.<br />

Emulate the KODAK VISION2 HD Digital Processor<br />

Create Standard and Custom looks as they will appear on the VISION2 HD<br />

Digital Processor. (VISION2 HD System Edition)<br />

During Production<br />

<strong>View</strong>ing Dailies<br />

Send images to the dailies timer to provide a picture reference for the desired<br />

look for print or video dailies.<br />

Receive still images from the timer to view the dailies on a calibrated display.<br />

(Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition)<br />

During Post-Production<br />

Communicating Color Corrections<br />

Send the image from the Look Manager System to the colorist, who can use it<br />

as a visual reference. (Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition)<br />

Maintaining the Look Across Media<br />

Export a 3D LUT to maintain the desired look to all output media, such as film,<br />

TV, and digital cinema. (Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition)<br />

During Film Processing<br />

Communicating Processing Requirements<br />

When submitting film to the lab for processing, include the printed image. The<br />

lab technicians can refer to the image when setting up their equipment for<br />

processing.<br />

Creating Demos for Lab Customers<br />

Demonstrate to lab customers the laboratory’s unique processing capabilities<br />

for photochemical effects without actually running tests and processing film.<br />

2 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Communicating Looks With Your Partners<br />

Introduction<br />

After you create a look (your desired artisitic intent), you communicate it to<br />

your partners in different ways, depending on whether they are using KODAK<br />

Look Manager System or KODAK Display Manager System.<br />

Partner is not using Look Manager System or Display<br />

Manager<br />

1. You use Look Manager System to create a look.<br />

2. You export images as JPEG or TIFF image files, then send them to your<br />

partner. See “Exporting an Image” on page 86.<br />

3. Your partner uses any imaging tool to view the JPEG/TIFF images. The<br />

imaging tool used must not apply additional color conversion (i.e., sRGB).<br />

Comment: There is no perfect visual reference because your partner has<br />

no monitor calibration.<br />

Partner is using Display Manager, but not Look Manager<br />

System<br />

1. You use Look Manager System to create a look.<br />

2. You and your partner use Display Manager to calibrate your monitors.<br />

3. You export images as DPX image files, then send them to your partner.<br />

See “Exporting an Image” on page 86.<br />

4. Your partner uses Display Manager to view the exported DPX images.<br />

5. For advanced users: If you change the Display Manager settings, save the<br />

setting (.ini file) and send it to your partner. Your partner must load the<br />

new setting in Display Manager before viewing the exported DPX images.<br />

Comment: A perfect visual reference is achieved when you both calibrate<br />

your monitors and use the same Display Manager settings.<br />

Partner is using Look Manager System<br />

1. You use Look Manager System to create a look.<br />

2. You and your partner use Display Manager to calibrate your monitors<br />

(Production Edition only).<br />

3. You and your partner use Look Manager System to communicate your<br />

look 3 different ways:<br />

a) Exchange DPX files. See “Partner is using Display Manager, but not<br />

Look Manager System” on page 3.<br />

b) Use Project Synchronization. See “Synchronizing Projects” on<br />

page 50.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 3


Introduction<br />

c) Use 3D LUTs. See “3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying” on<br />

page 191.<br />

Notes on 3D LUTs:<br />

The post-house can use the 3D LUT files to quickly understand the<br />

intent of the cinematographer. Howerver, additional color correction<br />

can be applied. 3D LUTs exported with Look Manager are compatible<br />

with different color correctors or 3D LUTs rendered in the market (for<br />

example, PANDORA MEGAMOORE Def Color System, AUTODESK<br />

Discreet Lustre, DIGITALVISION Nucoda Film Master, KODAK<br />

Telecine Calibration System).<br />

Your partner can apply the 3D LUT that you exported. See “Apply<br />

3DLut Node” on page 170 and page 191.<br />

Comment: A perfect visual reference is achieved when you both calibrate<br />

your monitors, use the same Display Manager settings, and use DPX for<br />

3D LUT communication and implementation in post-house.<br />

Other Communication Methods<br />

Print an image. See “How to Print a Still Image from the Main <strong>View</strong>” on<br />

page 218.<br />

Share recipes created in the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>. See “Sharing Recipes” on<br />

page 121.<br />

4 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Look Manager System Features<br />

Introduction<br />

Three editions of the Look Manager System are available: Educational,<br />

Production, and VISION2 HD System Editions.<br />

NOTE<br />

There may be occasions when you need more than one licensed edition on your<br />

system. For more information see “Adding Licenses” on page 20.<br />

Educational<br />

Edition<br />

Production<br />

Edition<br />

Time Limit Annually Weekly, monthly or<br />

annually<br />

Image Input<br />

Type<br />

Image Output<br />

Type<br />

<strong>View</strong> Images<br />

on a<br />

Calibrated<br />

Monitor<br />

Print Images<br />

with the<br />

Desired Look<br />

Save Images<br />

with the<br />

Desired Look<br />

Monitor<br />

Calibration<br />

with KODAK<br />

Display<br />

Manager<br />

System<br />

Supported digital still<br />

camera images, .dpx,<br />

.cin, .kdx, .jpg, and .tif<br />

(created from<br />

Telecine frame grab<br />

or from computergenerated<br />

images)<br />

.dpx, .cin, .jpg, .tif (8<br />

bits)<br />

Supported digital still<br />

camera images, .dpx,<br />

.cin, .kdx, .jpg, and .tif<br />

(created from<br />

Telecine frame grab<br />

or from computergenerated<br />

images)<br />

VISION2 HD System<br />

Edition<br />

Based on use of<br />

VISION2 HD Film<br />

stock (5299/7299)<br />

Supported digital still<br />

camera images, and<br />

.vid<br />

.dpx, .cin, .tif, .jpg .tif, .vid, .jpg<br />

No Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes No<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

No Yes Yes<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 5


Introduction<br />

Full<br />

Emulation<br />

Capability<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Platforms WINDOWS 2000/XP<br />

OS, MACINTOSH OS<br />

10.4<br />

Export 3D<br />

LUT<br />

WINDOWS 2000/XP<br />

OS, MACINTOSH<br />

OS 10.4<br />

No Yes in 3DL format for<br />

use with other<br />

hardware or software<br />

systems; LUT format<br />

for DISCREET; MGA<br />

format for Pandora.<br />

Import Looks Yes Yes Yes<br />

Video Output No No Yes<br />

Film Output Yes Yes No<br />

Create and<br />

Save Projects<br />

Synchronize<br />

and Import<br />

Projects<br />

Dual Head<br />

Capability<br />

Create a Look<br />

in <strong>Flowgraph</strong><br />

<strong>View</strong><br />

Supports<br />

Input and<br />

Output<br />

Profiles<br />

Educational<br />

Edition<br />

Production<br />

Edition<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

VISION2 HD System<br />

Edition<br />

WINDOWS 2000/XP<br />

OS, MACINTOSH OS<br />

10.4<br />

Yes in XML format<br />

only for use with the<br />

VISION2 HD<br />

Processor with scans<br />

of VISON2 HD Film<br />

only<br />

6 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Before Starting<br />

Set Your Monitor Color Quality<br />

Introduction<br />

Be sure that your monitor Color Quality is set to the highest value possible<br />

(32-bit is recommended).<br />

In WINDOWS OS:<br />

1. Right-click the desktop and select Properties.<br />

2. Click the Settings tab.<br />

3. Under Color Quality, select the highest setting possible.<br />

In MACINTOSH OS:<br />

1. Click the Apple icon at the top left of your screen.<br />

2. Go to System Preferences > Display > Display Tab.<br />

3. In the Colors field, select the highest setting possible.<br />

Check Your <strong>View</strong>ing Environment<br />

Calibrate<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Always make image adjustments in a dimly lit environment and on a calibrated<br />

monitor.<br />

(Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition) Always work with a<br />

calibrated display. When you open the Look Manager System, you are<br />

prompted if your display needs to be calibrated.<br />

For details on how to calibrate, see “Calibrating Your Monitor” on page 227.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 7


Introduction<br />

Getting Help<br />

Online User Guide<br />

To access this User Guide from the Look Manager System, go to Help ><br />

Contents. A browser window opens and displays the online manual.<br />

Online How Do I topics<br />

For a quick description of commonly used procedures, go to Help > How Do I.<br />

A browser window opens and displays the Help system.<br />

What’s this?<br />

Enable What’s this by clicking the question mark in the window title bar; or in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> and Look Builder, click the question mark in the toolbar. Then<br />

click the item for which you want information. A pop-up window opens<br />

describing the selected item.<br />

(WINDOWS OS only) Press Shift + F1 to open the pop-up window.<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

See “Troubleshooting the Look Manager System” on page 257 for answers to<br />

common questions about the Look Manager System.<br />

See “Troubleshooting Monitor Calibration” on page 265 for answers to<br />

common questions about calibrating your monitor.<br />

Phone Support<br />

Go to www.kodak.com/go/lm to find the telephone support number for your<br />

region.<br />

8 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


SETTING UP YOUR SYSTEM<br />

To set up the KODAK Look Manager System you must install the software and<br />

then connect the hardware needed for monitor calibration (Production Edition<br />

and KODAK VISION2 HD System Edition). You must then obtain a license.<br />

Optional hardware components that you may want to connect to your<br />

computer are:<br />

Supported printers for printing images with the look you created<br />

Camera card reader for inputting digital, still-camera images into your<br />

computer<br />

USB Hub for connecting multiple USB devices through one port<br />

Port Authority hub for running cables long distances<br />

Step 1: Install the Software<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Before installing the Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition,<br />

uninstall any monitor calibration software on your system. This software could<br />

interfere with the KODAK Display Manager System.<br />

To install the Look Manager System software:<br />

1. Go to http://www.kodak.com/go/lm.<br />

2. Click Look Manager Software Download V2.2.<br />

3. Follow the screen directions to locate and download the software zip file.<br />

4. Unzip the file and launch the installer:<br />

(WINDOWS OS) Double-click KLMS_V2.2_MainApp_win.exe<br />

Follow the on-screen instructions.<br />

(MACINTOSH OS) Double-click klms.2.2.mpkg and follow the<br />

on-screen instrucions.<br />

NOTE<br />

(WINDOWS OS only) If you are prompted to locate drivers, go to \<strong>Kodak</strong>\<br />

KODAK Look Manager System\WindowsUSBDrivers.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 9


Setting Up Your System<br />

Step 2: Obtain a License<br />

1. (WINDOWS OS) Double-click the Look Manager System desktop icon that<br />

was added to your desktop.<br />

OR<br />

(MACINTOSH OS) Create an alias on the Dock by dragging the<br />

application icon from your applications directory into the Dock. Doubleclick<br />

the alias.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

NOTE<br />

This window opens if there is no Look Manager license on your system or<br />

whenever your license expires.<br />

2. Click Cancel.<br />

The license agreement opens.<br />

3. Read the agreement and click Accept.<br />

An error message similar to the following opens.<br />

4. Write down the HostID. You need this ID to obtain your license.<br />

5. Click Exit.<br />

6. Go to www.kodak.com/go/lm and locate the email address or phone<br />

number for the customer service representative in your region.<br />

7. Provide your customer service representative with the HostID.<br />

License information will be emailed to you.<br />

10 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Setting Up Your System<br />

8. When you receive the email, detach the license file and save it on your<br />

computer in the following location:<br />

WINDOWS OS: C:\Program Files\<strong>Kodak</strong>\EICommon\Licenses<br />

MACINTOSH OS: /Library/Application Support/<strong>Kodak</strong>/EICommon/<br />

Licenses<br />

9. (MACINTOSH OS Users only) Set the license file properties to Read &<br />

Write.<br />

a) Click the file to select it.<br />

b) Press + I.<br />

c) Under Ownership & Permissions, change all settings to Read &<br />

Write.<br />

Step 3: Connect the Hardware<br />

(Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition only)<br />

If you purchased the Production Edition or VISION2 HD System Edition, you<br />

can use the KODAK Display Manager System to calibrate and characterize<br />

your monitor. You must connect the enable cable (if using a compatible<br />

monitor) and the appropriate sensor to your computer. See “Supported<br />

Hardware” on page 230.<br />

You may need to purchase a USB hub if you do not have enough available<br />

ports.<br />

If you must run the cables long distances, you may need to purchase a Port<br />

Authority device and additional cables.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

USB cables are limited to a distance of 5 m (16.4 ft.) between full-speed devices.<br />

If you need a longer cable, you can add up to five repeaters. Repeaters can be<br />

placed every 5 m (16.4 ft.) for a total length of 30 m (98.4 ft.).<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 11


Setting Up Your System<br />

Enable Cable (USB Cable ECC 1)<br />

Connect to the monitor<br />

cable<br />

Connect to a USB<br />

port<br />

The enable cable allows the computer to talk to the monitor. It connects to the<br />

monitor port, a USB port and then to the monitor cable.<br />

You may need a 9- to 25-pin adapter depending on your configuration.<br />

To connect the enable cable:<br />

1. Disconnect the original monitor cable from the computer.<br />

2. Attach the enable cable to the monitor port on the computer.<br />

3. Connect the monitor cable to the enable cable.<br />

4. Attach the USB connector of the enable cable to a USB port.<br />

USB connection<br />

Connect to the computer<br />

monitor port<br />

Enable cable connection<br />

Monitor cable connectsion<br />

12 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


X-RITE Sensors<br />

Setting Up Your System<br />

X-RITE DTP94+EK Monitor Optimizer (MonacoOPTIX)<br />

Use this USB sensor on CRT or LCD monitors.<br />

Counterweight -<br />

Attach to the<br />

sensor cable to<br />

counterbalance<br />

the sensor.<br />

Suction cup -<br />

Attach to the<br />

cable. Supports<br />

the instrument's<br />

weight when<br />

using CRT<br />

monitors.<br />

To position the sensor:<br />

1. Attach the counterweight to the cable.<br />

2. If using a CRT monitor, attach the suction cup to the cable.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Never use the suction cup on an LCD monitor.<br />

3. When prompted by the software, position the sensor over the indicated<br />

area on the screen. Position the counterweight so that it counterbalances<br />

the sensor.<br />

LCD monitor CRT monitor<br />

Sensor<br />

Counterweight<br />

Suction cup<br />

Sensor<br />

USB connection -<br />

Connect to a USB<br />

port on your<br />

computer.<br />

Sensor - hang in<br />

front of monitor<br />

Counterweight<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 13


Setting Up Your System<br />

X-RITE DTP92+EK Monitor Optimizer<br />

Use this serial sensor on CRT monitors.<br />

120V power supply<br />

Adapter connections<br />

Power supply<br />

connection<br />

Sensor<br />

230V<br />

power supply<br />

WINDOWS OS<br />

adapter<br />

To connect the sensor:<br />

1. Turn off your computer.<br />

2. Connect the WINDOWS OS adapter to the sensor cable.<br />

3. Plug the WINDOWS OS connector into a serial port on the computer.<br />

4. Plug the AC adapter connector into the sensor cable.<br />

5. Plug the AC adapter into a power outlet.<br />

6. Turn on your computer.<br />

When prompted by the Display Manager System, attach the sensor as shown<br />

here, making sure that the round portion of the sensor is at the top.<br />

To attach the sensor:<br />

1. Firmly push on the sides of the sensor<br />

so that the spring-loaded suction cup<br />

slides forward onto the screen.<br />

2. When the suction cup is firmly in<br />

place, release the sensor.<br />

You may need to moisten the suction cup by wiping it with a tissue lightly<br />

dampened with water, or to fog the suction cup by breathing on it.<br />

You may need to clean the monitor and suction cup, if the sensor does not<br />

firmly attach. Clean the suction cup with a clean, dry cloth.<br />

14 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


IMPORTANT<br />

Do not apply a cleanser to the suction cup.<br />

Setting Up Your System<br />

To clean the monitor, use a soft, lint-free paper or cloth lightly dampened with<br />

a mild glass cleaner.<br />

SEQUEL Sensors<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/C USB Sensor for CRT Monitors<br />

The sensor connects to a USB port and attaches to a CRT monitor with<br />

suction cups.<br />

Attach to the<br />

monitor with<br />

suction cups<br />

Connect to the<br />

computer USB port<br />

When prompted by the Display Manager System, attach the sensor as shown<br />

here.<br />

To attach the sensor:<br />

1. Press the sensor firmly to the<br />

screen being careful not to press<br />

too hard.<br />

2. Center it within the square.<br />

3. Make sure that all suction cups are<br />

pressed against the monitor. If any<br />

of the suction cups come loose, the<br />

results may be unreliable and the<br />

process should be repeated.<br />

4. If the sensor falls off the monitor,<br />

reattach it and restart the process.<br />

NOTE<br />

You may need to clean the sensor and the screen. See “Sensor Does Not Adhere<br />

to Screen” on page 268.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 15


Setting Up Your System<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/L USB Sensor for LCD Monitors<br />

The sensor connects to a USB port.<br />

Hold the sensor<br />

against the screen<br />

Connect to the<br />

computer USB port<br />

When prompted by the Display Manager System, hold the sensor as shown<br />

here.<br />

To position the sensor:<br />

1. Hold the sensor firmly to the<br />

screen being careful not to press<br />

too hard. Center it within the<br />

patch.<br />

2. Continue to hold it in place while<br />

readings are taken.<br />

3. For laptops, tilt the screen as far<br />

back as possible and hold the<br />

sensor firmly against the center of<br />

the patch while readings are<br />

taken.<br />

16 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Setting Up Your System<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/C Serial Sensor for CRT Monitors<br />

Use this serial sensor on CRT monitors.<br />

Attach to monitor<br />

with suction cups<br />

Connect to serial<br />

port on your<br />

computer<br />

When prompted by the Display Manager System, attach the sensor as shown<br />

here.<br />

To attach the sensor:<br />

1. Press the sensor firmly to the<br />

screen being careful not to press<br />

too hard. Center it within the<br />

square.<br />

2. Make sure that all suction cups<br />

are pressed against the monitor. If<br />

any of the suction cups come<br />

loose, the results may be<br />

unreliable and the process should<br />

be repeated.<br />

3. If the sensor falls off the monitor,<br />

reattach it and restart the process.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 17


Setting Up Your System<br />

Step 4: Open the System for the First Time<br />

1. Double-click the Look Manager System desktop icon.<br />

You are prompted to enter user information.<br />

2. Enter the information and click OK.<br />

3. If you purchased more than one license, select the appropriate license and<br />

click OK when prompted.<br />

In the Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition, the following<br />

message opens.<br />

4. (Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition) Click Yes to<br />

calibrate and characterize your monitor. See “Calibrating Your Monitor” on<br />

page 227.<br />

OR<br />

Click No to open the Look Manager System. You can calibrate your<br />

monitor at a later time from within the Look Manager System.<br />

5. (Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition) When prompted,<br />

select the type of monitor you have.<br />

CRT or LCD: when using default or saved color profiles.<br />

Last Characterization: when using the most recent monitor<br />

characterization performed by KODAK Look Manager or Display<br />

Manager Systems.<br />

18 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


6. Click OK.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

Setting Up Your System<br />

7. Choose from one of the options to select how to start up the Look Manager<br />

System.<br />

Create Look using <strong>Flowgraph</strong>: Select this option to create an<br />

advanced look using the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>. Click OK. (You can later<br />

import this look into a project.) The <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> opens where you<br />

can create your advanced look. See “<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics” on<br />

page 93.<br />

Create new project: Select this option to create a new project using the<br />

Main <strong>View</strong>. Click OK. The Project Wizard opens. See “Creating a<br />

Project” on page 42.<br />

Open existing project: Select this option to open an existing project.<br />

After selecting this option, double-click the appropriate project from the<br />

displayed list, or click Another File to navigate to the appropriate<br />

project. The Look Manager opens and displays the selected project.<br />

See “Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong>” on page 73.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 19


Setting Up Your System<br />

Adding Licenses<br />

You may need to purchase and install more than one type of license.<br />

Depending on your needs, you can switch from one license to another.<br />

To add a license:<br />

1. Go to Help > About.<br />

A window similar to the following opens.<br />

2. Write down your HostID and click OK.<br />

3. Go to www.kodak.com/go/lm and locate the email address or phone<br />

number for the customer service representative in your region.<br />

4. Provide your customer service representative with the HostID.<br />

License information will be emailed to you.<br />

5. When you receive the email, detach the license file and save it on your<br />

computer in the following location:<br />

WINDOWS OS: C:\Program Files\<strong>Kodak</strong>\EICommon\Licenses<br />

MACINTOSH OS: /Library/Application Support/<strong>Kodak</strong>/EICommon/<br />

Licenses<br />

6. Restart the Look Manager System.<br />

7. At the license startup window, click the appropriate license.<br />

8. Click OK.<br />

9. Follow the on-screen prompts to open the Look Manager System with your<br />

new license.<br />

For information on how to switch between licenses, see “Selecting a License”<br />

on page 37.<br />

20 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


SOFTWARE BASICS<br />

The Look Manager System provides two methods for creating looks.<br />

The Main <strong>View</strong> consists of two main windows—Scene Layout for<br />

importing and organizing images and looks for your project and Look<br />

Builder for creating, applying and customizing looks for the images.<br />

The <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> is used for projects that require advanced digital<br />

intermediate processes or for pre-production use.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you are using an extended desktop, the Scene Layout and Look Builder are<br />

displayed on separate monitors.<br />

The Scene Layout<br />

Title bar:<br />

Includes the<br />

project name<br />

and type of<br />

license<br />

Menus:<br />

Traditional<br />

style menus<br />

for File, Edit,<br />

<strong>View</strong>, Tools<br />

and Help.<br />

Scene<br />

Display Area:<br />

Organize and<br />

display<br />

images within<br />

a scene.<br />

Status Bar:<br />

Displays the<br />

current<br />

system<br />

Use the Scene Layout to import images into scenes.<br />

Main Toolbar: Contains commonly used<br />

features. Can be customized or new<br />

toolbars can be created.<br />

Image Input Box: Displays images that<br />

you can click and drag into your scenes.<br />

Tabs: Three tabs<br />

allow you to<br />

organize and<br />

manage looks,<br />

display look<br />

settings, and<br />

view and edit<br />

image<br />

information.<br />

Mon Cal:<br />

Indicates your<br />

monitor status:<br />

Red—not<br />

calibrated, not<br />

characterized.<br />

Yellow—not<br />

calibrated but<br />

characterized.<br />

Green—<br />

calibrated and<br />

characterized.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 21


Software Basics<br />

Look Browser Tab<br />

Use the Look Browser tab to manage the looks that you use in your project.<br />

Collapse All: Click to<br />

close each group.<br />

Expand All: Click to<br />

display all items<br />

within a group.<br />

New Group: Click to<br />

create a new group.<br />

Drag looks from the<br />

Look Browser tab<br />

into that group to<br />

keep them neatly<br />

organized.<br />

Looks/Templates<br />

Display Area: A group<br />

of sample looks. The<br />

available templates<br />

and the base looks<br />

that you import or save<br />

appear with a<br />

thumbnail image<br />

displaying the look.<br />

Show Selected Images:<br />

When this is selected,<br />

the thumbnails reflect<br />

the looks applied to the<br />

image in the scenes<br />

area.<br />

Show Original Images:<br />

When this is selected,<br />

the thumbnails display<br />

the original image used<br />

to save the look.<br />

Import Look:<br />

Opens a window<br />

where you can<br />

select and import<br />

an existing look.<br />

Trash folder<br />

(Not Shown):<br />

Drag unused<br />

looks into this<br />

folder.<br />

22 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Look Settings Tab<br />

Software Basics<br />

This tab reflects the various settings used to create the look of the currently<br />

selected image.<br />

Look/Template<br />

Name<br />

Save Look As:<br />

Allows you to<br />

save this look as<br />

a base look that<br />

can be applied<br />

to other images.<br />

Look Settings:<br />

Lists the settings<br />

used to create<br />

the look.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 23


Software Basics<br />

Info Tab<br />

The Info tab displays the image information for the selected image. When you<br />

import an image into a scene, the fields under Digital Camera or Film<br />

Camera are populated by the Look Manager System based on the information<br />

contained in the image file.<br />

You can enter shot, take, and roll information, as well as add comments or<br />

enter information about the camera for your reference later. You can flag an<br />

image for specific purposes.<br />

Hero—Select this option to identify an image that is representative of the<br />

scene.<br />

Flag—Select this option to identify an image for other purposes.<br />

Pre-production—Select this option to identify an image that should be<br />

used only during pre-production.<br />

24 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Scene Area<br />

Software Basics<br />

Each project that you create consists of still images grouped together in<br />

scenes.<br />

In the scene area, you can expand or collapse scenes as necessary by<br />

clicking the arrow at the left-side of a scene title.<br />

Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in an<br />

image to access the following options:<br />

See page 70.<br />

See page 67.<br />

See page 65.<br />

See page 218.<br />

See page 68.<br />

See page 69.<br />

See page 69.<br />

Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

scene title bar to access the following options:<br />

See page 71.<br />

See page 71.<br />

See page 58.<br />

See page 72.<br />

See page 72.<br />

See page 68.<br />

See page 69.<br />

See page 69.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 25


Software Basics<br />

Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

black area outside of a scene to access the following options:<br />

Image Input Box<br />

When toggled on, the Image Input Box appears at the top of the Scene Layout<br />

and contains all the images in a specific directory. Click and drag the images<br />

from the box into a scene. The images that you place in the scene are the<br />

images that you will be working with as you create and apply looks.<br />

Click F3 to toggle the box on and off.<br />

Import Images:<br />

Click here to<br />

display images<br />

from a specified<br />

directory<br />

Select All:<br />

Highlights all<br />

the images<br />

in the box<br />

Deselect: Deselects the selected images.<br />

26 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Menus<br />

Software Basics<br />

The menus at the top of the Scene Layout offer standard menu options.<br />

See page 227.<br />

See page 93.<br />

See page 28.<br />

See page 191.<br />

See page 86.<br />

See page 50.<br />

See page 55.<br />

See page 227.<br />

See page 36.<br />

See page 53.<br />

See page 61.<br />

See page 64.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 27


Software Basics<br />

Customized Toolbars<br />

You can create your own toolbars that contain only the options that you use<br />

most often.<br />

To add a toolbar:<br />

1. Go to Tools > Customize Toolbars.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. Click New Toolbar.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Type the name and click OK.<br />

4. In the left pane on the Customize window, select one of the menus—Edit,<br />

File, Help, Tools, or <strong>View</strong>.<br />

The options for that menu are displayed.<br />

28 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Software Basics<br />

5. Click the desired option and click the right arrow to add the option to the<br />

new toolbar. To remove an option, click the option and click the left arrow.<br />

6. To add a separator after an option, add the option and then click Add<br />

Separator. To remove a separator, click the separator and click the left<br />

arrow.<br />

7. Click OK when you are finished making your choices.<br />

The new toolbar appears at the top of Scene Layout.<br />

To delete a toolbar:<br />

1. Go to Tools > Customize Toolbars.<br />

2. Click a customized toolbar in the right pane.<br />

3. Click Delete Toolbar.<br />

4. Click Yes to confirm.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 29


Software Basics<br />

Look Builder<br />

Toolbar: Includes icons for Full<br />

Screen; Out-of Gamut Colors;<br />

Toggle Look; Save Look; Print;<br />

Toggle Image Info; Crop;<br />

Hide/Delete; Compare Mode;<br />

Display Mode; What’s this?; and<br />

Navigation tools<br />

Image<br />

<strong>View</strong>ing<br />

Area:<br />

Display 1,<br />

2, or 4<br />

images<br />

Look<br />

Summary:<br />

Displays a<br />

summary of<br />

the look<br />

options<br />

applied to<br />

the image.<br />

The Look Builder is where you create and refine looks. Open the Look Builder<br />

by double-clicking an image in the Scene Layout.<br />

Look Browser, Look Settings and Info<br />

Tabs: These three tabs are also<br />

available in Scene Layout.<br />

Look Control Area: Select the desired settings for each of the tabs<br />

in the production process. The tabs that are available in Look<br />

Builder are determined by the type of template that you applied to<br />

the image and the type of Look Manager license that you have.<br />

Resize bar:<br />

Click and drag<br />

to resize the<br />

viewing area<br />

30 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Displaying Properties from Look Builder<br />

Software Basics<br />

From the Properties window, you can choose to display pixel information and<br />

look information.<br />

If you enable the Display pixel information, as you move the cursor around<br />

the image, the pixel values are displayed on the bottom left of the Look Builder<br />

window.<br />

(x:y)—coordinates for the cursor<br />

RGB—red, green and blue values as measured before the monitor<br />

characterization profile is applied to the image.<br />

rgb—red, green and blue values as measured after the monitor<br />

characterization profile is applied to the image and the color is converted to<br />

display color space.<br />

To set the properties display:<br />

1. In Look Builder, right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click<br />

(MACINTOSH OS) the image and click Properties.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. Select Display pixel information.<br />

3. Set the (Average) Avg. Radius that you want to use when calculating the<br />

average of multiple pixel values.<br />

4. Select Display look summary to display the look summary on the<br />

lower- left corner of the image in Look Builder.<br />

5. Click OK.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 31


Software Basics<br />

Look Builder Toolbar Bars<br />

The Look Builder toolbars provides options for viewing, saving and printing the<br />

looks that you create. Click and drag the toolbars to move them.<br />

Main Look Builder Toolbar<br />

Full Screen—Toggles on and off the Full Screen view option. We<br />

recommend that you use full screen mode when you are looking at subtle<br />

color and lighting differences. Press F5 or ESC to exit the full-screen<br />

mode.<br />

Out-of-Gamut—Click and hold to view out-of-gamut colors.<br />

Toggle Look—Click and hold to toggle between the refined look and the<br />

base look on the selected image.<br />

Save Look—Opens a save window where you can name the look. The<br />

saved look appears on the Look Browser tab, where it can be applied to<br />

other images.<br />

Print—Opens the Print Image wizard where you can select a printer and<br />

apply a printer offset for fine control over the printed image.<br />

Toggle Image Info—Toggles on and off the Look Browser, Look Settings,<br />

and Image Info tabs.<br />

Crop—Opens the Crop Image window where you can select the desired<br />

aspect ratio.<br />

32 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Software Basics<br />

Hide/Delete—Deletes or hides the selected image in the Look Builder<br />

and at the same time deletes or hides the image from the Scene Layout.<br />

The next image in the scene is displayed in place of the deleted image.<br />

Hidden images can be restored later; deleted images are permanently<br />

removed.<br />

Compare Mode—Select a pattern for swiping—horizontal, vertical or<br />

butterfly effect.<br />

Display Mode—Choose to view 1, 2, or 4 images at a time.<br />

What’s This—Click to enable What’s This. Then click an area of the Look<br />

Builder to display a pop-up window with information.<br />

Look Builder Navigation Bar<br />

Previous Scene—Displays the corresponding image number in the<br />

previous scene.<br />

Previous Image—Displays the previous image in the scene.<br />

Next Image—Displays the next image in the scene.<br />

Next Scene—Displays the corresponding image number in the next<br />

scene.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 33


Software Basics<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> offers a flowgraph interface for working with projects that<br />

require advanced digital intermediate processes or when doing pre-production<br />

work. You can:<br />

Make Color Corrector adjustments<br />

Apply output timing<br />

Apply custom matrix and gamma<br />

Split and merge looks<br />

The <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> allows you to create a recipe that contains the look<br />

information. You can import this look into a project in the Main <strong>View</strong>.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

• If the recipe contains a merge node or a split node, you will not be able to<br />

import the look into the Main <strong>View</strong>.<br />

• Make sure the recipe you create has only one branch or one chain. When you<br />

import a multi-branch or multi-chain recipe into Main <strong>View</strong>, your original image<br />

could be lost and replaced by a default image.<br />

You can access the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> in two ways:<br />

Go to Tools > <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>.<br />

When opening the Look Manager System, select Create Look using<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> on the Project Startup window.<br />

34 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Software Basics<br />

To use the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, drop nodes into the work area and connect the<br />

nodes. Double-click each node to open an options window where you can set<br />

the parameters for that node.<br />

Following is a sample recipe, which was created in the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 35


Software Basics<br />

Setting the Main <strong>View</strong> Preferences<br />

Go to File > Preferences to set the Look Manager System default<br />

preferences. Three tabs are available—Monitor, License Selection, and<br />

Project Settings.<br />

Selecting Your Monitor Type<br />

To accurately display an image, you must select the correct monitor type. The<br />

Look Manager System prompts you for this information each time you open<br />

the system. However, you can also select the correct monitor type after the<br />

system has been opened. You may need to do this if you connect a CRT<br />

monitor to your laptop while the system is open.<br />

To select your monitor type:<br />

1. In Scene Layout, go to File > Preferences.<br />

2. Click the Monitor tab if it is not already selected.<br />

3. Select the correct monitor type and click OK.<br />

36 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Selecting a License<br />

Software Basics<br />

If you have multiple licenses for the Look Manager System on your computer,<br />

you can switch between the various editions as needed.<br />

You must shut down and restart the Look Manager System each time that you<br />

switch licenses.<br />

To add a license, see “Adding Licenses” on page 20.<br />

To select a license:<br />

1. In Scene Layout, go to File > Preferences.<br />

2. Click the License Selection tab.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Click the appropriate license.<br />

4. Click OK and restart the application.<br />

Select Don’t show license selector on startup to disable that feature.<br />

If you choose to show the license selection at startup, you can select your<br />

license at startup instead of using this tab.<br />

NOTE<br />

If there is a problem with your license, the More Info button appears. Click it<br />

and take a screen shot, then call your support person (see page 8). Also see<br />

Troubleshooting on page 264.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 37


Software Basics<br />

Selecting Project Settings<br />

The selections that you make on the Project Settings tab are the default<br />

settings that appear in the Project Wizard when you create a new project.<br />

NOTE<br />

Do not use this tab to change these settings for selected images. Instead,<br />

right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the selected<br />

images and choose the options from the pop-up menu.<br />

To change the Project Settings preferences:<br />

1. In Scene Layout, go to File > Preferences.<br />

2. Click the Project Settings tab.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Click Projection Mask.<br />

The Crop Image window opens.<br />

4. Select the appropriate aspect ratio from the Aspect Ratio drop-down<br />

menu. Or click and drag the red crop box to size it manually. To move the<br />

crop box, click the center circle and drag the box.<br />

38 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Software Basics<br />

5. (DPX images only) If you subscribed to the KODAK Motion Picture<br />

Scanner Profiling Service: In the Select default input setting profile<br />

field, click Select and browse to and select the profile for the scanner used<br />

to create the images.<br />

6. (DPX images only) If you subscribed to the KODAK Scanner Recorder<br />

Profiling service: In the Select default output profile field, click Select.<br />

Browse to and select the profile for the recorder that will be used to record<br />

the film, or select the profile for the digital projector or HD/SD display that<br />

will be used to display the completed project.<br />

7. From the Select default output media field, select the type of film to<br />

which the completed project will be output. You can change this option at a<br />

later time from within the Look Manager System.<br />

8. Click OK.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 39


WORKING WITH PROJECTS<br />

The Look Manager System allows you to organize your work into projects.<br />

Use the Project Wizard to create a Look Manager System project.<br />

When you create a project, the system automatically creates the<br />

sub-directories for storing all the items that you work with and create in the<br />

project, such as:<br />

images<br />

base looks<br />

refined looks<br />

3D Luts<br />

When Working with Projects<br />

Keep these tips in mind:<br />

Only one project can be open at a time.<br />

A project must be open before you can add scenes to the scene workspace<br />

area.<br />

You can open the Look Manager System by clicking on a project’s .lm file.<br />

You cannot open a recipe created in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> (.lms) in a project. But<br />

you can import the look into a project.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 41


Working with Projects<br />

Creating a Project<br />

The Project Wizard leads you through the steps to create a new project.<br />

To create a project:<br />

1. Open the Project Wizard in one of the following ways.<br />

Select the Create new project option when you open the Look Manager<br />

System.<br />

OR<br />

Go to File > New > New Project in the Scene Layout.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

42 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


2. Click Next.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

Working with Projects<br />

3. In the Enter drive and directory location for new project field, enter the<br />

path where you want the project saved. If necessary, click the Select<br />

button to locate the directory.<br />

4. In the Enter project name field, type the name of the project.<br />

5. (Production Edition and Educational Edition) From the Select default<br />

output media field, select the type of film to which the completed project<br />

will be output. You can change this option at a later time from within the<br />

Look Manager System.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 43


Working with Projects<br />

6. For DPX images only, select Options.<br />

The default input/output profile options are displayed.<br />

If you subscribed to the KODAK Scanner Recorder Profiling service: In<br />

the Select default input profile field, click Select and browse to and<br />

select the profile for the scanner used to create the images (DPX<br />

images only).<br />

If you subscribed to the KODAK Scanner Recorder Profiling service: In<br />

the Select default output profile field, click Select. Browse to and<br />

select the profile for the recorder that will be used to record the film, or<br />

select the profile for the digital projector or HD/SD display that will be<br />

used to display the completed project (DPX images only).<br />

44 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


7. Click Next.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

Working with Projects<br />

8. From the Aspect Ratio drop-down menu, click the appropriate output<br />

media ratio, or click and drag the red crop box to size it manually. To move<br />

the crop box, click the center circle and drag the box.<br />

You can change the default projection mask at a later time from within the<br />

Look Manager System. You can also change the mask for selected<br />

images from within the Look Manager System. See “Selecting the<br />

Projection Mask” on page 67.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 45


Working with Projects<br />

9. Click Next.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

10. (Optional) In the Import Images field, enter the path name to the directory<br />

that contains the images for your project. For example, enter the path<br />

name to your digital camera flash card or a directory of scans from a<br />

post-production house.<br />

11. (Optional) Click Import Looks to import an existing look into your project.<br />

This can be a:<br />

Look in recipe format (.lms) that you created from Version 1.1 of the<br />

Look Manager System<br />

Look in recipe format (.lms) that you created from <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> in<br />

Version 2.x of the Look Manager System<br />

Look from a different Version 2 project (.lk)<br />

46 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


The following window opens.<br />

Working with Projects<br />

a) In the Folder Name pane, locate and click the appropriate directory.<br />

The available looks in that folder appear in the Available Looks field.<br />

b) Double-click the appropriate look.<br />

The look appears in the Selected Looks table.<br />

c) Continue to browse and select until you have loaded all of the looks<br />

that you want to import.<br />

d) Click Import.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 47


Working with Projects<br />

12. Click Next.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

13. Review the summary information.<br />

14. Click Back if you need to make any changes.<br />

15. Click Finish.<br />

The project opens with one blank scene in the Scene Layout. To continue<br />

working with the project, see “Working with Projects” on page 41.<br />

48 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Opening an Existing Project<br />

Working with Projects<br />

To open an existing project from within the Look Manager System:<br />

On the Project Startup window as you open the Look Manager System,<br />

select Open an Existing Project and double-click the desired project. If<br />

your project does not appear in the list, click Browse to locate the project.<br />

OR<br />

1. Go to File > Open Project.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. In the left-pane, navigate to and select the folder that contains the project.<br />

All of the projects in that folder appear in the right pane.<br />

3. Double-click the appropriate project.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you decide to create a new project instead of opening an existing one, click<br />

New to open the Project Wizard.<br />

To open an existing project from outside the Look Manager System:<br />

Double-click the main project file that ends in the extension .lm. The Look<br />

Manager System opens with the project displayed in the Scene Layout.<br />

OR<br />

Double-click a project sync file that ends in the extension .syn. See<br />

“Synchronizing Projects” on page 50.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 49


Working with Projects<br />

Synchronizing Projects<br />

If you are working on a project with others, you may need to synchronize your<br />

project so that your partners can view your latest work. For example, the<br />

Cinematographer can create a sync file to send to their laboratory at the end<br />

of each day so that the dailies colorist can see all the new images and new<br />

color corrections that the Cinematographer made.<br />

The synchronization process creates a .zip file and a .syn file and places<br />

those files in a synchronization directory within the project directory. You can<br />

then send these two files to your partner who can open them to view all your<br />

changes. See “Importing a Project Synchronization File” on page 53.<br />

The path is similar to the following example.<br />

The synchronization window maintains a record of all your partners with the<br />

dates and times that you have synchronized a project and when your partners<br />

have imported the synchronized project. The first time that a project is<br />

synched, all of the project files are included. Subsequent syncs only include<br />

files that were updated after the previous sync. Therefore, if your partner<br />

imports a second or subsequent sync without first importing the initial sync,<br />

they will not receive the full project.<br />

When synching a project, you can elect to include the source images. This<br />

makes the zipped file very large; but without the source images, the other<br />

party will not be able to adjust your color corrections or see what the image<br />

looked like before color correction.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If your partner works on the project and then imports another synched version,<br />

all of their work will be overwritten.<br />

50 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


To synchronize a project:<br />

1. Go to Tools > Synchronize Project.<br />

A window similar to the following opens.<br />

2. If necessary, click New Partner to enter the partner’s name.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Type the partner’s name and click OK.<br />

The name appears in the Partner list.<br />

Working with Projects<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 51


Working with Projects<br />

4. Click the partner’s name and click Options.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

5. Select Include Source Images and click OK if you want to send the<br />

original source images along with the project for your partner to work with.<br />

NOTE<br />

Without the source images, the other party will not be able to adjust your<br />

color corrections or see what the image looked like before color correction.<br />

Including the source images significantly increases the file-size of the<br />

synchronization data.<br />

6. Click Sync to.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

7. Click Yes to confirm.<br />

8. Send the files located in your synchronization folder to your partner by<br />

email, FTP, burned CD, or other method that you have established. For<br />

WINDOWS OS, the synchronization folder is located at C:\Program Files\<br />

<strong>Kodak</strong>\KODAK Look Manager System\your current project folder\<br />

Your partner must now import the synched project. See “Importing a Project<br />

Synchronization File” on page 53.<br />

52 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Importing a Project Synchronization File<br />

Saving Projects<br />

Working with Projects<br />

When you work with a partner on a project, you can import your partner’s<br />

synchronized project to update your project. See “Synchronizing Projects” on<br />

page 50.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

When you import a project, make sure that you have imported all the previous<br />

syncs and not just the most recent sync. This is necessary because the initial<br />

sync includes all the project files, but subsequent syncs only include files that<br />

were updated after the previous sync.<br />

To import a project:<br />

1. Go to File > Import > Project.<br />

A browse window opens.<br />

2. Navigate to where you saved the .syn and .zip files that you received from<br />

your partner.<br />

3. Double-click the .syn file.<br />

4. Navigate to the directory where you want to unzip the project. If necessary,<br />

you can create a directory by clicking Make New Folder.<br />

5. Click OK when you are prompted that the sync is complete.<br />

The Look Manager System closes the project that is open and then opens<br />

the imported project.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can also import a sync file from outside the Look Manager System by<br />

navigating to the correct folder and double-clicking the .syn file. The Look<br />

Manager System opens and asks you where to save the project. Then the project<br />

opens.<br />

Your work in a project is saved automatically as you work. However, you may<br />

want to manually save the project if you feel your system may possibly fail.<br />

To save a project, go to File > Save Project.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 53


WORKING WITH SCENES<br />

When you import images into the Look Manager System you must group them<br />

into scenes.<br />

After you set up your scenes, you can create and apply looks to the entire<br />

scene or to specific images in the scene. Customize a look for a specific scene<br />

and then reuse that same look in other scenes if necessary.<br />

From Scene Layout you can:<br />

Expand or collapse scenes by clicki ng the arrow at the left of the scene<br />

name.<br />

Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Co mmand + click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

scene title bar, an image, or the blank viewing area to display a pop-up<br />

menu.<br />

Drag and drop images to change their order within a scene or from one<br />

scene to another.<br />

Drag and drop images from the Image Input box to import them into your<br />

project.<br />

Drag and drop looks from the Look Brow ser tab to apply a new look to an<br />

image.<br />

Double-click an image to color correct it.<br />

Creating Scenes<br />

Create scenes that correspond to the scenes in your production.<br />

To add scenes:<br />

1. Go to File > New > Scene.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 55


Working with Scenes<br />

2. Type the scene number in the first field. If desired, type an extension to the<br />

scene number in the second field. This information appears on the scene<br />

title area in the Scene Layout.<br />

3. Type a description.<br />

4. Click OK.<br />

The new blank scene appears in the Scene Layout.<br />

You are now ready to import images into the scene.<br />

Importing Images Into a Scene<br />

To import images into a scene, you can:<br />

Drag and drop images from the Image Input box<br />

Add images from a directory into a scene<br />

Import images from a different project<br />

Move and copy images from one scene into another<br />

As you import images, the Production Edition and Educational Edition ask you<br />

to identify the image source. The Look Manager System needs this<br />

information to properly emulate a look on the image.<br />

For a description of recognized image file formats, see “Appendix D Image<br />

Types” on page 283.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Do not import images directly from removable media, such as a camera flash<br />

card or CD. Instead, copy the images to your harddrive and import the images<br />

from your harddrive. Doing so ensures that you do not lose the source images<br />

when your media is overwritten.<br />

Using the Image Input Box<br />

Use the Image Input box to display a directory of images. Then select and<br />

drag the desired images into a scene.<br />

To import images from the Image Input box:<br />

1. If necessary, open the Image Input box by pressing F3.<br />

56 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Working with Scenes<br />

2. If the images for the appropriate directory are not already loaded and<br />

visible in the box, click Import Images and select the correct directory<br />

from the browse directory that opens. Click OK.<br />

3. Select the desired images in the input box by one of the following<br />

methods.<br />

Click Select All.<br />

Click an individual image.<br />

Press and hold CTRL as you click desired images.<br />

Click the first image in a series of images that you want to select. Then<br />

press Shift and click the last image in the range.<br />

4. Drag and drop the selected images into the scene.<br />

(Production Edition and Educational Edition) A window similar to the<br />

following opens.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the image was captured by a digital still camera, the available options are<br />

Daylight (if you were shooting under daylight/HMI conditions) and Tungsten<br />

(if shooting under tungsten conditions). Some .dpx images contain<br />

information that allows the Look Manager System to identify and select the<br />

image source automatically.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 57


Working with Scenes<br />

5. (Production Edition and Educational Edition) Click the appropriate image<br />

source.<br />

The digital, still-camera choices of Daylight and Tungsten refer to the<br />

type of light you are shooting under, not necessarily the color-temperature<br />

of the film stock that you plan to emulate. For example, you could be<br />

shooting 5218, a tungsten-balanced stock, outdoors under daylight with an<br />

85 filter on the camera. Digital reference images taken under these<br />

conditions should be identified as Daylight.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can change this option at a later time from within the Look Manager<br />

System. See “Selecting the Input Source” on page 65.<br />

6. Select the Apply to all images of the same type option if you are<br />

importing a large number of images that came from the same source. If<br />

this option is not selected, you are prompted to select an input source for<br />

each image.<br />

7. Click OK.<br />

The image thumbnails appear in the scene.<br />

Adding Images to a Scene from a Directory<br />

To import images directly from a directory:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

scene title bar.<br />

The following pop-up window opens.<br />

58 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


2. Click Add Images.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Browse to locate and select the appropriate directory.<br />

Working with Scenes<br />

4. Click OK.<br />

(Production Edition and Educational Edition) A window similar to the<br />

following opens.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 59


Working with Scenes<br />

NOTE<br />

If the image was captured by a digital still camera, the available options are<br />

Daylight (if you were shooting under daylight/HMI conditions) and Tungsten<br />

(if shooting under tungsten conditions). Some .dpx images contain<br />

information that allows the Look Manager System to identify and select the<br />

image source automatically.<br />

5. (Production Edition and Educational Edition) Click the appropriate image<br />

source.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can change this option at a later time from within the Look Manager<br />

System.<br />

6. Select the Apply to all images of the same type option if you are<br />

importing a large number of images that came from the same source. If<br />

this option is selected, you are not prompted to make a selection for each<br />

image of the same file type.<br />

7. Click OK.<br />

The images appear in the scene.<br />

60 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Importing Images from a Different Project<br />

Working with Scenes<br />

There may be occasions when you want to use images from a different<br />

project.<br />

To import images from a different project:<br />

1. Select a scene by clicking the scene title bar.<br />

2. Go to File > Import > Project Images.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. In the Folder Name pane, select the directory.<br />

All of the available projects in that directory are displayed in the Available<br />

Projects pane.<br />

4. Click the appropriate project.<br />

The available scenes and images from that project are displayed in the<br />

Available Images pane.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 61


Working with Scenes<br />

5. Double-click the appropriate images.<br />

The image names are displayed in the Selected Images pane.<br />

NOTE<br />

To select multiple images, right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click<br />

(MACINTOSH OS) an image name, and in the pop-menu click Select All<br />

Images.<br />

6. Continue to select directories, projects and images until you have selected<br />

all the necessary images.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you need to remove an image from the Selected Images pane, rightclick<br />

(WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the image<br />

name, and in the pop-up menu click Remove the selected image.<br />

7. Click Import.<br />

The image thumbnails appear in the selected scene and the images are<br />

saved in the project folder.<br />

62 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Moving images between scenes<br />

To move images from one scene to another:<br />

Click the image and drag it into the appropriate scene.<br />

OR<br />

1. Click to select the desired images.<br />

2. Go to File > Edit > Cut.<br />

3. Click in the scene where you want to copy the images.<br />

4. Go to File > Edit > Paste.<br />

Working with Scenes<br />

To copy images from one scene to another:<br />

Click the image, press Ctrl (WINDOWS OS) or Command (MACINTOSH OS)<br />

and drag the image into the appropriate scene.<br />

OR<br />

1. Click to select the desired images.<br />

2. Go to File > Edit > Copy.<br />

3. Click in the scene where you want to copy the images.<br />

4. Go to File > Edit > Paste.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 63


Working with Scenes<br />

Importing a Scene<br />

You may need to import a scene from another project. For example, if you are<br />

working on a production that is a sequel to another production that used the<br />

Look Manager System.<br />

To import a scene:<br />

1. Go to File > Import > Scene.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. In the Folder Name pane, click the folder where the project resides.<br />

The available projects are displayed.<br />

3. Click the appropriate project.<br />

The available scenes in that folder are displayed.<br />

4. Double-click the appropriate scenes.<br />

The scenes appear in the Selected Scenes table.<br />

NOTE<br />

To select multiple scenes, right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click<br />

(MACINTOSH OS) a scene name, and in the pop-menu click Select All<br />

Scenes.<br />

5. Continue to select projects and scenes as needed.<br />

6. Click Import.<br />

The scenes appear in your project in the Scene Layout and are named<br />

with the next sequential scene number.<br />

64 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Selecting the Input Source<br />

(Production Edition and Educational Edition)<br />

Working with Scenes<br />

When you imported images into your scenes, you selected an input source for<br />

each image. You may find it necessary to change that selection.<br />

To change the input source of images:<br />

1. Select one or more images in one or more scenes.<br />

2. Ctrl + right-click (WINDOWS OS) or + Control + Click (MACINTOSH<br />

OS) the selected thumbnail images.<br />

The following pop-up menu opens.<br />

3. Click Source.<br />

The window similar to the following opens.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 65


Working with Scenes<br />

NOTE<br />

If the image was captured by a digital still camera, the available options are<br />

Daylight (if you were shooting under daylight/HMI conditions) and Tungsten<br />

(if shooting under tungsten conditions). Some .dpx images contain<br />

information that allows the Look Manager System to identify and select the<br />

image source automatically. The digital, still-camera choices of Daylight<br />

and Tungsten refer to the type of light you are shooting under, not<br />

necessarily the color-temperature of the film stock that you plan to emulate.<br />

For example, you could be shooting 5218 film, a tungsten-balanced stock,<br />

outdoors under daylight with a WRATTEN Filter, No.85 on the camera.<br />

Digital reference images taken under these conditions should be identified<br />

as Daylight.<br />

4. Click the appropriate input source and click OK.<br />

66 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Selecting the Projection Mask<br />

Working with Scenes<br />

When you created your project, you selected a default projection mask that<br />

was applied to each image that you imported into a scene. You may need to<br />

change that setting for all or some of your images.<br />

To change a projection mask:<br />

1. Select one or more images in one or more scenes.<br />

2. Ctrl + right-click (WINDOWS OS) or + Control + Click (MACINTOSH<br />

OS) the selected thumbnail images.<br />

The following pop-up menu opens.<br />

3. Click Projection Mask.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 67


Working with Scenes<br />

4. From the Aspect Ratio drop-down menu, click the appropriate output<br />

media ratio, or click and drag the red crop box to size it manually. To move<br />

the crop box, click the center circle and drag the box.<br />

5. Click OK.<br />

Selecting the Output Media of a Scene or Image<br />

When you created your project, you selected a default output media for all of<br />

the images. Now that you have created your scenes, you can change the<br />

output media as needed.<br />

To change the output media of a scene or image:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

scene title bar if you want to change the output media for the entire scene.<br />

OR<br />

Ctrl + right-click (WINDOWS OS) or + Control + Click (MACINTOSH<br />

OS) the selected thumbnail images if you want to change the output media<br />

for the selected images.<br />

2. From the pop-up menu that opens, click Output Media.<br />

The following sub-menu opens.<br />

3. Click the appropriate output media type.<br />

68 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Selecting Input/Output Profiles<br />

NOTE<br />

Use this feature with .dpx images only.<br />

Working with Scenes<br />

When you created your project, you had the option to select a default input or<br />

output profile. If necessary, you can select or change those profiles now that<br />

you have created your scenes.<br />

If you subscribed to the KODAK Scanner Recorder Profiling service, <strong>Kodak</strong><br />

creates encrypted scanner and recorder profiles for your specific hardware.<br />

An Input Profile is a scanner profile that adjusts deviations so that the resulting<br />

.dpx images are closer to CINEON reference, as expected in the Look<br />

Manager System.<br />

An Output Profile can be one of the following:<br />

Film recorder profile<br />

KODAK Display Manager System 3D LUT for targeted display devices,<br />

such as digital projectors, SD/HD video broadcast monitors<br />

Color space conversion, for example, 10-bits log to XYZ<br />

To change the input or output profile for a scene or image:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

scene title bar if you want to change the profile for the entire scene.<br />

OR<br />

Ctrl + right-click (WINDOWS OS) or + Control + Click (MACINTOSH<br />

OS) the selected thumbnail images if you want to change the profile for the<br />

selected images.<br />

2. From the pop-up menu that opens, click Input Profile or Output Profile.<br />

The following sub-menu opens.<br />

3. Click Browse.<br />

A browse window opens.<br />

4. Browse to and then double-click the appropriate profile.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 69


Working with Scenes<br />

Hiding and Deleting Images in a Scene<br />

If you are working with large numbers of images in a scene, you may want to<br />

hide or delete some of the thumbnail images.<br />

To hide or delete an image:<br />

1. Select an image or images in a scene.<br />

2. Ctrl + right-click (WINDOWS OS) or + Control + Click (MACINTOSH<br />

OS) the selected images.<br />

The following pop-up menu opens.<br />

3. Click Hide/Delete.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

4. Click either Hide or Delete.<br />

If you click Hide, the image remains in the scene but is hidden from view.<br />

If you click Delete, the image is deleted from the project.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can also delete a thumbnail image by selecting it and pressing the Del key.<br />

To hide or delete an image in Look Builder:<br />

Select an image and click the Hide/Delete icon in the toolbar.<br />

70 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Working with Scenes<br />

To display a hidden thumbnail image:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

scene title bar.<br />

The following pop-up window opens.<br />

2. Click Show All to display all of the scene’s thumbnail images and reset all<br />

hidden images to normal.<br />

3. Click Show Hidden Thumbnails or Hide Hidden Thumbnails to toggle<br />

the hidden thumbnail images on or off.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 71


Working with Scenes<br />

Managing Your Scenes<br />

Organizing the <strong>View</strong>ing Area<br />

With any large project, you will have multiple scenes in the Scene Layout. You<br />

can click the arrow at the left of the scene title bar to roll-up or unroll scenes,<br />

making more viewing room in the scene area.<br />

Editing scene information<br />

1. In Scene Layout, double-click the title bar of an existing scene.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. Edit the scene number and description as necessary.<br />

3. Click OK.<br />

Deleting a scene<br />

Select a scene and press the delete key on your keyboard.<br />

OR<br />

Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in a<br />

scene title bar and click Delete Scene from the pop-up menu.<br />

72 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


C REATING LOOKS IN<br />

M AIN VIEW<br />

Use the Look Builder window of the Main <strong>View</strong> to create refined looks for your<br />

images and to create and save base looks.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can also create advanced looks in the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> and import them<br />

into your project. See “<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics” on page 93<br />

To open Look Builder, double-click an image in Scene Layout. Look Builder<br />

displays the image and the available tabs that you can use to create the look.<br />

The available tabs are determined by the template you assigned to the image.<br />

To increase the viewing area in Look Builder, you can<br />

Toggle on and off the Info tabs by pressing F9.<br />

Click and drag the top bar of the Look Control area.<br />

Select Full Screen view by clicking the Full Screen icon in the toolbar.<br />

To exit Look Builder, close the window (click ).<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 73


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Managing Templates and Looks<br />

Manage all your looks and templates from the Look Browser tab. The<br />

template that you apply to an image determines the types of adjustments that<br />

you can make.<br />

The Production Edition and Educational Edition of the Main <strong>View</strong> use the<br />

following templates.<br />

NegColor CorrectorPrint_Daylight—Use this template to<br />

go to Color Corrector and then to Print from an image shot<br />

under daylight conditions.<br />

NegColor CorrectorPrint_Tungsten—Use this template to<br />

go to Color Corrector and then to Print from an image shot<br />

under tungsten lighting.<br />

NegPrint_Daylight—Use this template to go directly to<br />

Print from an image shot under daylight conditions.<br />

NegPrint_Tungsten—Use this template to go directly to<br />

Print from an image shot under tungsten lighting.<br />

NegMpDnPrint_Daylight—Use this template to emulate the<br />

traditional photochemical release printing chain for images<br />

shot under daylight conditions.<br />

NegMpDnPrint_Tungsten—Use this template to emulate<br />

the traditional photochemical release printing chain for<br />

images shot under tungsten lighting.<br />

NegColor Corrector_Daylight—Use this template to go<br />

directly to Color Corrector from an image shot under daylight<br />

conditions.<br />

NegColor Corrector_Tungsten—Use this template to go<br />

directly to Color Corrector from an image shot under<br />

tungsten lighting.<br />

DPX <strong>View</strong>er (for DPX ONLY)—Use this template for<br />

viewing images without a look applied. Apply to DPX or<br />

Cineon files only, then communicate that view-only look to<br />

your partners who are also using the KODAK Look Manager<br />

System.<br />

NOTE<br />

For information on the VISION2 HD Edition templates, see “Creating VISION2<br />

HD System Looks in Main <strong>View</strong>” on page 174. For information on <strong>Flowgraph</strong><br />

<strong>View</strong> templates, see “Working with Templates in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 116.<br />

74 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Setting a default template or look<br />

The default template is applied to the first image in a scene.<br />

Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

NOTE<br />

Subsequent images assume the template of the preceding image.<br />

To set a default template or look:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) a<br />

template or look on the Look Browser tab.<br />

The following pop-up menu opens.<br />

2. Click Set as Default Look.<br />

Applying a template or look<br />

You can apply a template or look from the Look Browser tab on either the<br />

Scene Layout or the Look Builder screens. The images refresh on both<br />

screens.<br />

To apply a template or look to images:<br />

Click and drag the template onto selected images.<br />

OR<br />

Select images or a scene and doubl e-click the look or template.<br />

The images refresh and display the look.<br />

NOTE<br />

The template that you apply to an image determines the tabs that are available<br />

in the Look Control area of Look Builder.<br />

To view the look information for the selected image:<br />

Click the Look Settings tab.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 75


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Renaming a Look<br />

To rename a look:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

template on the Look Browser tab.<br />

The following pop-up menu opens.<br />

2. Click Rename.<br />

Importing Looks<br />

3. Type the new name and press Enter.<br />

Import existing looks into your project and use them as a basis for your refined<br />

look.<br />

Imported looks can be a:<br />

Look in recipe format (.lms) that you created from Version 2.x of the<br />

Look Manager System<br />

Look in recipe format (.lms) that you created from <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> in<br />

Version 2.x of the Look Manager System<br />

Look from a different Version 2.x project (.lk)<br />

To import looks:<br />

1. Open the Import Looks window by one of the following methods:<br />

As you create a new project in the Project Wizard, click Import Looks<br />

on the Import Images and base look window.<br />

OR<br />

On the Look Browser tab, click I mport Looks.<br />

76 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


The following window opens.<br />

Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

2. In the Folder Name pane, locate and click the appropriate directory.<br />

The available looks in that folder appear in the Available Looks pane.<br />

3. Double-click the appropriate look.<br />

The look appears in the Selected Looks pane.<br />

4. Continue to browse and select until you have loaded all of the looks that<br />

you want to import.<br />

5. Click Import.<br />

The imported looks appear on the Look Browser tab.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 77


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Negative Settings in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

The Negative tab emulates the negative film stock and processing. As you<br />

make adjustments to the Negative node settings, the image in the viewing<br />

area refreshes to reflect your choices.<br />

From this tab you can emulate:<br />

Film Stock<br />

Processing<br />

Filters<br />

Flashing<br />

Skip Bleach<br />

Selecting the film stock is the only required selection on the Negative tab. The<br />

other settings are optional depending on the type of look you wish to create.<br />

As you make selections, the image refreshes to display the effect of your<br />

selections. Continue to make selections until you achieve the desired look.<br />

Film Stock: From the drop-down menu, select the film stock that you will<br />

use during actual production. The image refreshes and the manufacturer’s<br />

recommended ASA rating appears in the User ASA Rating field.<br />

User ASA Rating: From the drop-down menu, select an Exposure Index if<br />

you prefer to shoot at a rating different from the manufacturer’s<br />

recommendation.<br />

Process: From the drop-down menu, choose the type of processing that<br />

will be used. Choose from Pull 1, Pull 2, Normal, Push 1, or Push 2.<br />

Filter Trays: Select a Filter Tray to apply filters from that group.<br />

1) Click in a Filter Tray check box.<br />

2) From the first drop-down menu, select a family of filters.<br />

3) From the second drop-down menu, select a specific filter.<br />

4) Add up to three filters in this manner.<br />

NOTE<br />

These filters only emulate the tone and color impact of filters, not defocus/<br />

blur effects.<br />

78 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Compensate Filters: Select this option if you want to compensate the<br />

shooting stop for the filter. The Stop Compensation field changes to reflect<br />

compensation.<br />

Stop Compensation: From the drop-down menu, change the<br />

compensation value if necessary.<br />

AutoBalance Timing: Select this option if you want the image to print to a<br />

normal 18% gray. This compensates for the push, pull, or other processing<br />

that you selected on other tabs.<br />

Flashing: Click to open a window where you can apply flashing and a<br />

flashing filter.<br />

1) Click Flashing.<br />

A flashing window opens.<br />

2) Use the slider bars to adjust the flashing.<br />

3) To apply a flashing filter, click Filter and from the drop-down menus<br />

select a family of filters and a specific filter in that family.<br />

NOTE<br />

Flashing through a filter generally reduces the amount of flashing density to be<br />

achieved. When a filter is used here, the dragged slider position sets the nominal<br />

flashing density, but the filter impact is added afterwards. As a result, the final<br />

flashing density setting may not exactly match where you positioned the slider.<br />

Consider setting a nominal flashing level first and then activating a specific filter.<br />

Skip Bleach %: Use the slider bar or type in the percentage if you want to<br />

apply a skip bleach.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 79


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Master Positive and Dupe Negative Settings in Main<br />

<strong>View</strong><br />

Use these tabs to replicate the traditional film development process for Master<br />

Positive and Dupe Negative.<br />

NOTE<br />

These tabs are not available in the VISION2 HD System Edition.<br />

The same settings are available on both tabs. From these tabs you can<br />

emulate:<br />

Film Stock<br />

Processing<br />

Color Timing<br />

Laboratory LAD<br />

Skip Bleach<br />

Flashing<br />

Selecting the film stock is the only required selection on the Master Positive<br />

and Dupe Negative tab. The other settings are optional depending on the<br />

type of look you wish to create.<br />

As you make selections, the image refreshes to display the effect of your<br />

selections. Continue to make selections until you achieve the desired look.<br />

Film Stock: From the drop-down menu, select the film stock that you want<br />

to emulate.<br />

Process: From the drop-down menu, choose the type of processing that<br />

will be used. Choose from Pull 1, Pull 2, Normal, Push 1, or Push 2.<br />

Color Timing: ;<br />

Use the slider bars to increase or decrease the amount of red, green,<br />

blue, or neutral printer lights.<br />

To move in large increments, click and drag the slider bar.<br />

To move in small increments, click in the slider bar area or use the arrow<br />

keys on your keyboard.<br />

80 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Lock Timing (One Light): Select this option to maintain the manufacturer’s<br />

recommended settings for the film and processing.<br />

When you make adjustments to film and film processing on any tab, the<br />

timing lights automatically adjust so that a properly exposed 18% gray<br />

patch prints to the manufacturer’s recommendations for that film stock<br />

(One Light timing.) Selecting the Lock Timing option prevents this from<br />

happening.<br />

Laboratory LAD Position: Only adjust these values if you have data for a<br />

specific processing lab.<br />

Flashing: Click this to open a window where you can apply flashing and a<br />

flashing filter.<br />

1) Click Flashing.<br />

A flashing window opens.<br />

2) Use the slider bars to adjust the flashing.<br />

3) To apply a flashing filter, click Filter.<br />

4) From the drop-down menus, select a family of filters and a specific<br />

filter in that family.<br />

NOTE<br />

Flashing through a filter generally reduces the amount of flashing density to be<br />

achieved. When a filter is used here, the dragged slider position sets the nominal<br />

flashing density, but the filter impact is added afterwards. As a result, the final<br />

flashing density setting may not exactly match where you positioned the slider.<br />

Consider setting a nominal flashing level first and then activating a specific filter.<br />

Skip Bleach %: Use the slider bar or type in the percentage if you want to<br />

apply a skip bleach.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 81


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Print Settings in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

NOTE<br />

This tab is not available in the VISION2 HD System Edition.<br />

To accurately communicate a look to a lab, the Look Manager System printer<br />

lights must be in sync with the lab’s printer lights. You can set these values on<br />

the Print tab by adjusting the printer lights or by entering the Laboratory LAD<br />

Position.<br />

NOTE<br />

Changing the Laboratory LAD values does not change the look; this only adjusts<br />

the printer light offsets to match a specific lab’s printer.<br />

From this tab you can emulate:<br />

Film Stock<br />

Color Timing<br />

Laboratory LAD<br />

Skip Bleach<br />

Flashing<br />

Selecting the film stock is the only required selection on the Print tab. The<br />

other settings are optional depending on the type of look you wish to create.<br />

As you make selections, the image refreshes to display the effect of your<br />

selections. Continue to make selections until you achieve the desired look.<br />

Film Stock: From the drop-down menu, select the film stock that you want<br />

to emulate.<br />

Color Timing:<br />

Use the slider bars to increase or decrease the amount of red, green,<br />

blue, or neutral printer lights.<br />

To move in large increments, click and drag the slider bar.<br />

To move in small increments, click in the slider bar area or use the arrow<br />

keys on your keyboard.<br />

Lock Timing (One Light): Select this option to maintain the manufacturer’s<br />

recommended settings for the film and processing.<br />

82 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

When you make adjustments to film and film processing on any tab, the<br />

timing lights automatically adjust so that a properly exposed 18% gray<br />

patch prints to the manufacturer’s recommendations for that film stock<br />

(One Light timing.) Selecting the Lock Timing option prevents this from<br />

happening.<br />

Laboratory LAD Position: Enter the values for the specific printer that the<br />

lab will use.<br />

NOTE<br />

After you apply the Labs LAD normal values, you can make note of the<br />

printer light settings and send that information to the lab. This is a quick<br />

method to communicate the information if you do not have time to create<br />

and share the look with the lab.<br />

Flashing: Click to open a window where you can apply flashing and a<br />

flashing filter.<br />

1) Click Flashing.<br />

A flashing window opens.<br />

2) Use the slider bars to adjust the flashing.<br />

3) To apply a flashing filter, click Filter.<br />

4) From the drop-down menus, select a family of filters and a specific<br />

filter in that family.<br />

NOTE<br />

Flashing through a filter generally reduces the amount of flashing density to be<br />

achieved. When a filter is used here, the dragged slider position sets the nominal<br />

flashing density, but the filter impact is added afterwards. As a result, the final<br />

flashing density setting may not exactly match where you positioned the slider.<br />

Consider setting a nominal flashing level first and then activating a specific filter.<br />

Skip Bleach %: Use the slider bar or type in the percentage if you want to<br />

apply a skip bleach.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 83


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Color Corrector Settings in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Use this tab to emulate primary color corrections for lift, gamma, gain,<br />

saturation, and lamp intensity.<br />

Lift adjusts the colors primarily in the shadows<br />

Gamma adjusts the colors primarily in the midtones<br />

Gain adjusts the colors primarily in the highlights<br />

From the Color Corrector tab, you can memorize your settings and quickly<br />

apply them at a later time.<br />

You can also set your black and white points to quickly adjust lift and gain.<br />

Select Video Input to convert all incoming images to video color space for<br />

applying the color corrections. For most look templates, the image is<br />

converted back to an appropriate color space for display. For example, the<br />

image is converted back to DPX color space for appropriate emulations<br />

through a print film.<br />

Memorizing Color Corrector Adjustments<br />

You can memorize up to three sets of adjustments.<br />

To memorize your settings:<br />

Make your adjustments and click M+ next to the memory button where you<br />

want to save the settings.<br />

To apply memorized settings:<br />

Click MR by the appropriate memory button.<br />

84 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Making Color Corrector Adjustments<br />

Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

We recommend that you first set the black and white points, and then make<br />

your Color Corrector adjustments based on those settings.<br />

To use the Color Corrector node:<br />

1. Set your black point by clicking the Black Point icon and then clicking the<br />

blackest point in the image. Click OK to confirm.<br />

Lift and Gain settings are automatically adjusted.<br />

2. Set your white point by clicking the White Point icon and then clicking the<br />

whitest point in the image. Click OK to confirm.<br />

Lift and Gain settings are automatically adjusted.<br />

3. Click and drag in the color area that you want to adjust for either Lift,<br />

Gamma, or Gain.<br />

a) Use the keyboard arrows to move the point in small increments.<br />

b) Use the slider bar to set the density.<br />

If you decrease lift, shadows get darker.<br />

If you decrease gain, the highlights get darker.<br />

4. To adjust the overall amount of saturation, set the value in Saturation.<br />

5. To adjust the overall intensity, set the value in Lamp Intensity.<br />

Saving Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

To save a look in Look Builder:<br />

1. In the Look Builder toolbar, click the Save Look icon.<br />

OR<br />

On the Look Settings tab, click Save Look As.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. Type the look name and click OK.<br />

The new look appears on the Look Browser tab.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 85


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Exporting an Image<br />

When you are ready to share an image with the look you created, you can<br />

export it and then electronically share the file.<br />

To export an image with a refined look:<br />

1. Go to Tools > Export Image.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. From the File Type drop-down menu, select the type of file that you want<br />

to export to.<br />

Select a file type of DPX or CIN if your images will be viewed by someone<br />

who has the KODAK Display Manager System or the KODAK Look<br />

Manager System. These formats provide the most accurate and consistent<br />

match between monitors because the monitor of the person receiving the<br />

images applies the profile.<br />

Select a file type of TIFF or JPEG if your images will be viewed by<br />

someone who does not have the Display Manager System or the Look<br />

Manager System. The KODAK Display Manager System look-up table for<br />

your monitor will be applied to the exported image. This process is not as<br />

accurate but provides an acceptable relative emulation.<br />

NOTE<br />

The KODAK Display Manager System LUT field is disabled if you are<br />

exporting as DPX or CIN. By default this field contains the path to the latest<br />

LUT that you created with the Display Manager System when you calibrated<br />

your monitor. We recommend you always use this default setting when<br />

exporting as a TIFF or JPEG.<br />

3. From the Export Type drop-down menu, select the images that you want<br />

to export—Selected Images or All Images.<br />

4. From the Resolution drop-down menu, select the resolution you want to<br />

apply to the exported files—No resize, HD, 1K, 640, or 320. The<br />

estimated size of the image is displayed when you make a selection. Use<br />

the lower resolutions to limit the size of your images.<br />

86 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

5. Autoname Files<br />

Check ✓ Autoname Files—the exported file is automatically named<br />

with its current name and saved in your project’s exportedImages<br />

folder. If there is already a file with the same name in that folder, it is<br />

overwritten.<br />

Uncheck Autoname Files—the window expands and lets you<br />

customize the names and destination of the exported files.<br />

Specify a Destination Folder—click Select and browse to the folder<br />

where you want to save the exported images.<br />

Specify a common Image prefix—uncheck Use original prefix and<br />

enter a file name for all the images. The images are named with that<br />

file name and a consecutive number (for example, Sunset1, Sunset2,<br />

Sunset3, etc.).<br />

Check ✓<br />

Overwrite existing files—files with the same name(s) are<br />

overwritten. Uncheck Overwrite existing files—a window appears<br />

and asks if you want to overwrite existing files.<br />

6. Click Export.<br />

7. Click OK when prompted that the image has been exported.<br />

The image is saved in your project’s exportedImages folder or in the<br />

destination folder you specified.<br />

8. Click X to close the Export Images window.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 87


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Comparing Looks in the Look Builder<br />

The Look Builder allows you to view 1, 2, or 4 images at a time so that you can<br />

compare:<br />

Different images with the same look<br />

The same image with different looks<br />

To view the before and after effects of a look on an image, you can:<br />

Swipe images with a look to compare the base look and the refined look.<br />

Press and hold the toggle look button.<br />

NOTE<br />

Press and hold F6 to view out-of-gamut colors.<br />

Displaying Multiple Images<br />

From the Display Mode drop-down menu, you can choose to view 1, 2, or 4<br />

images.<br />

To display multiple images:<br />

1. Click the Display Mode icon in the Look Builder toolbar.<br />

2. Select either Dual <strong>View</strong> or Quadrant <strong>View</strong><br />

The single image is now displayed 2 or 4 times.<br />

3. Click an image to make it the active image.<br />

The active image has a gray marker in the upper-left corner.<br />

4. To load a different image in that location, use the Navigation tools in the<br />

toolbar.<br />

Next Image<br />

Previous Scene Next Scene<br />

Previous Image<br />

The active image is replaced by the image you select.<br />

88 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

5. If necessary, click another image and then navigate to the image that you<br />

want to load in that location.<br />

6. Repeat steps 3-5 until you have the desired images loaded.<br />

NOTE<br />

The adjustments you make on the tabs in the Look Control area are applied to<br />

only the active image.<br />

Comparing Different Images with the Same Look<br />

1. In Look Builder, display the desired images. See “Displaying Multiple<br />

Images” on page 88.<br />

2. From the Look Browser tab, click and drag the desired look onto each<br />

image.<br />

Comparing the Same Image with Different Looks<br />

1. In Scene Layout, create a new scene.<br />

2. Import the same image 2 or 4 times, depending if you are going to use<br />

dual view or quadrant view.<br />

3. In Look Builder, display the images. See “Displaying Multiple Images” on<br />

page 88.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Make sure you use different imported instances of the same image. If you<br />

don’t, the same look will be applied to all the images.<br />

4. From the Look Browser tab, click and drag a different look onto each<br />

image.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 89


Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Swiping Images to Compare Before and After<br />

Swiping allows you to move across the image revealing the base look and the<br />

refined look as you drag the cursor across the image.<br />

NOTE<br />

The feature only allows you to compare a refined look against the base look of<br />

the image. You cannot compare one refined look against another by swiping.<br />

Different patterns for swiping (compare modes) are available—horizontal,<br />

vertical and butterfly effect.<br />

To swipe an image:<br />

1. Click the Compare Mode icon in the Look Builder toolbar.<br />

2. Click the type of swipe that you want to apply.<br />

3. Click and drag in the image to swipe the look.<br />

Following is an example of a horizontal swipe.<br />

90 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Toggling the Look On and Off<br />

Creating Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Press and hold the Look Toggle icon to turn off the look you created and<br />

display the base look.<br />

When you release the icon, the look you created is redisplayed.<br />

You can also press F7 to momentarily turn off the look and display the base<br />

look.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 91


F LOWGRAPH VIEW BASICS<br />

Use the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> for projects that require advanced digital<br />

intermediate processes or for pre-production use. The end result will be a<br />

recipe that you can share with others or import as a look into the Main <strong>View</strong>.<br />

To open the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>:<br />

In Scene Layout, go to Tools > <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>.<br />

OR<br />

When you open the Look Manager System, select Create a look in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> when prompted.<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Main Window<br />

The flowgraph view consists of:<br />

1. Menus—Contain many of the same<br />

features as the toolbars.<br />

2. Main Toolbar—Contains options<br />

for managing your recipe file.<br />

3. Edit Toolbar—Contains options for<br />

copying, pasting and deleting recipe<br />

nodes and links. It also contains the<br />

Render mode icon.<br />

4. Node Toolbar—Contains Input/<br />

Output, Emulation, and Tool nodes.<br />

5. Workspace—Add, connect and set<br />

node options to create a recipe and<br />

add notes.<br />

6. Status Bar—Displays status<br />

messages.<br />

7. Indicator Lights—These lights<br />

indicate a condition that may require<br />

action.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 93


<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

Toolbars in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

The Look Manager System main window includes three toolbars—the Main,<br />

Editing and Node toolbars.<br />

To customize the main window you can:<br />

Click and drag the toolbars to new locations.<br />

In the toolbars menu, select which toolbars to display.<br />

Main Toolbar<br />

The Main toolbar contains features for managing recipe files.<br />

Create a new recipe—<br />

Close the current recipe<br />

and clear the workspace<br />

for a new recipe.<br />

Open—Browse for and<br />

open an existing recipe.<br />

Recipes contain a .lms<br />

file extension.<br />

Save—Save the current<br />

recipe.<br />

Recipe Information—<br />

Open a window where<br />

you can review the<br />

properties for the current<br />

recipe.<br />

Zoom In/Zoom Out—<br />

Enlarge the recipe or<br />

get a wider view of the<br />

recipe.<br />

Monitor Calibration—<br />

(Production Edition and<br />

VISION2 HD System<br />

Edition) Open the<br />

KODAK Display<br />

Manager System to<br />

calibrate your monitor.<br />

<strong>View</strong>er—Open or close<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er 1. Click<br />

the drop-down menu to<br />

open or close up to 4<br />

viewers.<br />

What’s This—Click this<br />

button then click an item<br />

for which you need<br />

more information.<br />

94 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Editing Toolbar<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

The Editing toolbar contains editing features and the Batch Render Mode<br />

icon.<br />

Node Toolbar<br />

Set Batch Render<br />

Mode—Enable or<br />

disable the Batch<br />

Render Mode. When<br />

the Batch Render<br />

Mode is enabled, all of<br />

the images selected on<br />

the Image Controller<br />

tab are saved when<br />

using the save node, or<br />

they are all rendered<br />

when updating the<br />

viewer.<br />

Cut—Cut the selected<br />

workspace items and<br />

place them on the<br />

clipboard.<br />

Copy—Copy the<br />

selected workspace<br />

items to the clipboard.<br />

Paste—Paste items<br />

that you cut or copied<br />

to the clipboard.<br />

Delete—Delete<br />

selected nodes or links.<br />

Select All—Select all<br />

the workspace items.<br />

Use the Node toolbar to select nodes for your recipe. Nodes are grouped<br />

according to function.<br />

You can access the Node toolbar in three different ways:<br />

Select the Nodes menu at the top of the window.<br />

Click the Nodes toolbar.<br />

Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

workspace and select Add Node.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 95


<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

Node Descriptions for <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Input Output Nodes Tool Nodes<br />

Input Roll/Image—Use this<br />

node to select images to use as<br />

the basis for your look creation.<br />

You can resize and crop<br />

images, select the type of film<br />

from which the image was<br />

scanned, and select the source<br />

type of the image.<br />

Save—Use this node to save<br />

multiple images with the same<br />

look or to save multiple images<br />

as a different file type.<br />

(Production Edition and<br />

VISION2 HD System Edition.)<br />

Emulation Nodes<br />

Negative—Use this node to<br />

emulate the creation and<br />

processing of a film negative.<br />

Master Positive—Use this<br />

node in conjunction with the<br />

Dupe Negative and Negative<br />

nodes to emulate the<br />

photochemical release printing<br />

development process. (Not<br />

available in the VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition.)<br />

Dupe Negative—Use this node<br />

in conjunction with the Master<br />

Positive and Negative nodes to<br />

emulate the photochemical<br />

release printing development<br />

process. (Not available in the<br />

VISION2 HD System Edition.)<br />

Print Emulation—Use this<br />

node to emulate the printing<br />

process. (Not available in the<br />

VISION2 HD System Edition.)<br />

Color Corrector—Use this<br />

node to emulate primary color<br />

corrections for lift, gamma, and<br />

gain.<br />

Timing—Use this node to<br />

apply a mathematical offset to<br />

the code values of an image.<br />

Matrix-Gamma—Use this<br />

node to apply matrix math or a<br />

gamma-curve to the image.<br />

Split—Use this node to split<br />

the colors of an image into<br />

separate channels. You can<br />

then perform unique<br />

operations on each individual<br />

channel.<br />

Merge—Use this node to<br />

merge color channels of a split<br />

image or to merge the look of<br />

different images.<br />

Apply 3DLut Node—Use this<br />

node to apply 3D look-up<br />

tables that have been created<br />

from Look Manager System or<br />

from an outside application.<br />

HD Standard Looks—Use<br />

this node to create a standard<br />

<strong>Kodak</strong> video look. (Only<br />

available in the VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition.)<br />

HD Custom Looks—Use this<br />

node to create a custom video<br />

look. (Only available in the<br />

VISION2 HD System Edition.)<br />

96 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Menus in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

Access the menus at the top of the main window. The menus, as they appear<br />

in the Production Edition, consist of:<br />

File Menu<br />

Edit Menu<br />

Node Menu<br />

<strong>View</strong> Menu<br />

Toolbar Menu<br />

Help Menu<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 97


<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

Status Bar in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

The status of the system is displayed in the bottom left of the main window. As<br />

a recipe is being processed, the status bar displays the progress.<br />

Indicator Lights in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

At the lower-right corner of the main window are indicator lights.<br />

MONCAL—When this indicator is red, your monitor needs to be calibrated<br />

(Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition). Click the Monitor<br />

Calibration icon in the toolbar. When this indicator is green, your monitor is<br />

calibrated and your recipe look is accurate. When this indicator is yellow, your<br />

monitor is characterized but needs to be calibrated.<br />

READ-ONLY RECIPE —This light indicates that the recipe you are working<br />

with has been designated as read-only by the author. If the author has<br />

enabled a password, you must enter the password to save and overwrite the<br />

recipe. Or you can save the recipe with another name.<br />

AUTHENTICITY —This light indicates that the recipe's original creative intent<br />

has been altered by someone other than the original author.<br />

RECIPE INTEGRITY —This light indicates that the recipe has been altered<br />

outside the Look Manager System. The integrity of the original creative intent<br />

may have been compromised.<br />

Workspace Options in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

workspace to display options.<br />

Using Notes<br />

You can insert notes in your workspace to provide information to anyone who<br />

uses the recipe. Notes are saved when you save the recipe.<br />

98 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

To add a note:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

workspace.<br />

2. Click Add Note.<br />

An empty text box opens.<br />

3. Double-click the text box.<br />

Blue handles appear around the box.<br />

4. Click inside the box and type your message. If necessary, drag the<br />

handles to resize the box.<br />

5. Click in the workspace when you are finished.<br />

6. To select note options:<br />

a) Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS)<br />

the note.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

b) Click Note Color to select a background color for the note.<br />

c) Click Lower Note to send it behind other notes.<br />

d) Click Raise Note to bring it to the front of other notes.<br />

To add a node from the workspace:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

workspace.<br />

2. Move your cursor over Add Node to display the node groups.<br />

3. Click the desired node group to display the nodes in that group.<br />

4. Click the desired node and click in the workspace to add the node.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 99


<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

Sample Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Creating a Look for a Commercial<br />

This sample recipe creates a look for a commercial — the Input Roll/Image<br />

Node, Negative Node and Color Corrector Node.<br />

In this example, the creator performed the following adjustments:<br />

From the Input Roll/Image Node:<br />

On the Image Controller tab, select an image to be used in the recipe.<br />

From the Negative Node:<br />

1. On the Films tab, select the film stock to be emulated.<br />

2. Double-click the blue output button to open the original image in the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

From the Color Corrector Node, make the necessary color corrections:<br />

1. Click Quick Preview to immediately view a low-resolution image of the<br />

color corrections.<br />

2. Desaturate the image by setting the Saturation to 25%.<br />

3. Add cyan/blue to the Lift and Gamma, then push yellow into the Gain.<br />

4. Increase lamp intensity to 20 to compensate for the density that was<br />

added when the colors were added.<br />

5. Add intensity to the Gain (to 54) to blow out the highlights a little, then also<br />

add intensity to the Gamma (to 53) to bring up some detail in the<br />

midrange.<br />

6. Click Update to view a high-resolution image with the color corrections.<br />

100 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Creating a Digital Intermediate for a Feature<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

A digital intermediate can be added to the traditional film processing<br />

procedure, as shown here.<br />

In this example, the creator performed the following adjustments:<br />

From the Input Roll/Image Node:<br />

1. On the Image Controller tab, select the image.<br />

2. Crop the image to 1:85 aspect ratio so that colors outside of 1:85 will not<br />

influence the color timing.<br />

From the Negative node:<br />

On the Films tab, select the stock with the tone scale that you want to<br />

emulate. You can choose the original stock (5246) or another stock. If you<br />

select a tungsten stock, you may want to add a correction filter to correct the<br />

color offset in the Negative node.<br />

From the Color Corrector node, make the necessary color corrections:<br />

1. Add yellow to the Lift, Gamma and Gain in the Color Corrector controls.<br />

2. Change the Lamp Intensity to 5 to compensate for the density that was<br />

added when the colors were added.<br />

3. Desaturate the image by setting the Saturation to 60%.<br />

From the Master Positive and Dupe Negative nodes:<br />

Select the film stock to accurately simulate any color, density, or contrast<br />

shifts the stocks may give in the process out to a film print.<br />

From the Print Emulation node:<br />

No changes are made to the Print Emulation node attributes.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 101


<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

Creating the Traditional Feature Recipe<br />

To quickly create this recipe, use the template Neg-MP-DN-Print.<br />

In this example, the creator performed the following adjustments:<br />

From the Input Roll/Image Node:<br />

1. On the Image Controller tab, select the image.<br />

2. Crop the image to 1:85 aspect ratio so that colors outside of 1:85 will not<br />

influence the color timing.<br />

From the Negative node:<br />

1. On the Films tab, select the film stock on which the image was shot. 5246<br />

was selected.<br />

2. On the Flashing tab, select a 0.2 density of Flashing to add light into the<br />

blacks in preparation for the Skip Bleach on the Dupe Negative node.<br />

3. On the Filters tab, select a Tiffen Antique Suede 2 filter for richer skin<br />

tones and to accent the scene.<br />

From the Master Positive node:<br />

Select the film stock that will be used to create the Master Positive.<br />

From the Dupe Negative node:<br />

1. Select the film stock that will be used to create the Dupe Negative.<br />

2. On the Films tab, execute 70% Skip Bleach in the Dupe Negative node.<br />

From the Print Emulation node:<br />

On the Color Timing tab, brighten the overall density to adjust for the Skip<br />

Bleach process.<br />

102 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Setting <strong>Flowgraph</strong> Preferences<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

From the Preferences window, you can set image directory paths, select your<br />

monitor type, change the icon size, select a startup template, and select a<br />

license.<br />

Setting Image Directory Paths<br />

Whenever you open a recipe, the Look Manager System looks for the image<br />

used in your recipe by searching the image folders listed on the Directories<br />

tab.<br />

To set the image directories preferences:<br />

1. Go to File > Preferences.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. To add a new directory:<br />

a) Click New.<br />

b) In the browse window, select the correct folder or click New to create a<br />

new folder.<br />

c) Click OK.<br />

3. To delete a directory, click the directory and click Del.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 103


<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

4. To automatically direct the software to the correct image folder, select<br />

Remember paths when loading or saving images.<br />

5. To embed images in the recipe when you save the recipe, select Add<br />

source image to recipe. The option will now be automatically selected on<br />

all subsequent Image Controller tabs.<br />

This option is also available on the Image Controller tab of the<br />

Input Roll/Image node. But if you select there, the option is only enabled<br />

for that current Image Controller tab.<br />

Selecting Your Monitor Type in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

(Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition) To accurately display an<br />

image, you must select the correct monitor type. The Look Manager System<br />

prompts you for this information each time you open the system. However,<br />

you can also select the correct monitor type after the system has been<br />

opened. You may need to do this if you connect a CRT monitor to your laptop<br />

while the system is open.<br />

To select your monitor type:<br />

1. Go to File > Preferences or press F10.<br />

2. Click the Monitor tab.<br />

3. Select the correct monitor type and click OK.<br />

104 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Changing the Icon Size<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

Using a smaller icon size gives you more room on your screen to work with<br />

images.<br />

To change the icon size:<br />

1. Go to File > Preferences or press F10.<br />

2. Click the Icon Size tab.<br />

3. From the drop-down menu, select the desired icon size and click OK.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

You must restart the application for the icons to change size.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 105


<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

Selecting a Startup Template<br />

You can configure the Look Manager System to display a list of templates at<br />

startup.<br />

To select a startup template:<br />

1. Go to File > Preferences or press F10.<br />

2. Click the Startup Template tab.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Click the template that you want to be selected when you start the<br />

application.<br />

4. Click OK.<br />

To disable this feature, select Don’t show template selection dialog on<br />

startup. The application will open with the template that you select here.<br />

106 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Selecting a License<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> Basics<br />

If you have multiple licenses for the Look Manager System on your computer,<br />

you can switch between the various editions as needed.<br />

To select a license:<br />

1. Go to File > Preferences or press F10.<br />

2. Click the License Selection tab.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Click the appropriate license.<br />

4. Click OK and restart the application.<br />

Select Don’t show license selector on startup to disable that feature.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 107


RECIPES IN FLOWGRAPH VIEW<br />

The end result of the advanced look creation process in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> is a<br />

recipe that consists of nodes and connectors representing the sequence and<br />

order of operations on an image. By setting different options in the nodes, you<br />

can create a unique look for your image. Save and share the recipe with other<br />

members of the production team to maintain a consistent look. (Production<br />

Edition and KODAK VISION2 HD System Edition)<br />

You can use a template as the basis for your recipe, or you can create a<br />

recipe by selecting the specific elements that you want.<br />

Create a recipe with these four basic steps:<br />

1. Input an image. See “Inputting an Image” on page 128.<br />

2. Add and connect nodes in the workspace. See “Adding and Connecting<br />

Nodes” on page 112.<br />

3. Set the node options. See the section for each of the nodes for more<br />

information.<br />

4. Save your recipe. See “Saving Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 119.<br />

The sample recipe, shown here, emulates the traditional photochemical<br />

release printing steps. (Not available with the VISION2 HD System Edition.)<br />

Input an<br />

image.<br />

Create a<br />

negative.<br />

Create a<br />

master<br />

positive.<br />

Create a<br />

dupe<br />

negative.<br />

Create a<br />

print.<br />

When creating a recipe for the traditional photochemical process, you must<br />

select and add the nodes in the exact order that they would occur during<br />

actual lab processing.<br />

When creating a recipe for a digital intermediate or a Color Corrector transfer,<br />

you can use any combination of nodes.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 109


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Managing Your Files in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Before you start creating recipes and saving images in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, you<br />

should determine how you will manage your files.<br />

NOTE<br />

These steps are only needed in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>. The Main <strong>View</strong> automatically<br />

organizes your files for you.<br />

When working with large productions, you quickly acquire a large amount of<br />

images. It is essential to have a good plan for naming and storing all the files.<br />

You may want to create paths to your image folders so that your recipes can<br />

locate the correct image if you move an image from one folder to another. See<br />

“Setting Image Directory Paths” on page 103.<br />

We recommend that you place all your files in a folder on your desktop to<br />

make browsing for files faster.<br />

Following are some suggestions for organizing your files.<br />

When working on a motion picture:<br />

1. Create a folder for the project.<br />

2. Within the project folder, create a folder for each scene or shooting day.<br />

Keep all camera images, recipes, and color-corrected image files for that<br />

scene in that folder. It is important to use scene numbers rather than<br />

shooting days or text descriptions because dailies timers, colorists, and<br />

editors use scene numbers.<br />

3. If you have several recipes for each scene:<br />

a) Within each scene folder, create a folder for recipes and images.<br />

b) Name each recipe with the scene name, date, and distinctive text to<br />

identify the look.<br />

110 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

When working on a TV series:<br />

1. Create a folder for each season.<br />

2. Within the season folder, create a folder for each episode.<br />

3. In each episode folder, place the original images and name each image<br />

with the scene, take, and frame number.<br />

4. Create two sub-directories for each episode: one for recipes (.lms) and<br />

one for final color-corrected images.<br />

One recipe is used for all the images in a scene.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 111


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Creating Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

The first step in creating a recipe is to input an image using the Input Roll/<br />

Image node. See “Inputting an Image” on page 128.<br />

After you input an image, continue to add and connect nodes. Then set the<br />

node options to create the look you want.<br />

End each recipe with the node that represents your final output.<br />

Adding and Connecting Nodes<br />

1. Click one of the node groups.<br />

The nodes in that group are displayed.<br />

Input/Output<br />

Nodes<br />

Emulation<br />

Nodes<br />

Tool Nodes<br />

2. Click the node that you want to add and click the workspace.<br />

The node appears in the workspace.<br />

3. Click the blue output button of the first node, and click the red input button<br />

of the second node.<br />

A line connecting the nodes appears.<br />

Blue output button<br />

Red input button<br />

To automatically connect a node when you add it to the workspace:<br />

1. Click the node that you want to add.<br />

2. Press Ctrl (WINDOWS OS) or Command (MACINTOSH OS) when you<br />

click the workspace.<br />

The new node appears in the workspace and is automatically connected to<br />

the last node that you added.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can have more than one output from a node. This is helpful when you<br />

want to compare different looks. See “Comparing Looks” on page 206.<br />

112 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Setting Node Options<br />

Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Double-click a node to open its options window. Make your selections.<br />

Most nodes contain a Quick Preview option. To view the effect of your<br />

selections as you make them, click Quick Preview on the options window. A<br />

low-resolution image is displayed that updates automatically as you select<br />

options.<br />

The options for each node are discussed in detail in the chapter section for the<br />

node.<br />

Selecting Recipe Elements<br />

You can select a single recipe element or multiple recipe elements. When you<br />

select a node, it is outlined in red. When you select a connector, it turns white.<br />

You can copy, delete, or move selected items.<br />

To select recipe elements, do one of the following:<br />

Click a single node, connector or note to select it.<br />

Select multiple elements by:<br />

− Holding Ctrl (WINDOWS OS) or Command (MACINTOSH OS) and<br />

clicking each element that you want to select.<br />

− Clicking and dragging a selection box around the objects.<br />

Click the Select All icon in the toolbar.<br />

To copy and paste the selected items:<br />

1. Click the Copy icon in the toolbar to copy the selected item to the<br />

clipboard.<br />

2. Click in the workspace where you want to paste the copied items, and click<br />

the Paste icon in the toolbar.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 113


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To delete the selected items:<br />

Click the Delete icon.<br />

To move the selected items:<br />

Click and drag the selected items. Connectors move as you drag nodes.<br />

Reversing an Image<br />

There may be times when you want to reverse an image from one of the<br />

intermediate nodes. For example, the image displayed from a master positive<br />

node typically appears as a negative. Reversing the image allows you to see a<br />

positive rendition.<br />

To reverse an image:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

blue output button of the desired node.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. Click Reverse.<br />

The reversed image appears in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

114 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Opening and Closing Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To open an existing recipe:<br />

1. Click the Open Recipe icon.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. Browse for the appropriate recipe and double-click it.<br />

Recipes have a .lms file extension.<br />

The recipe appears in the workspace, and the recipe name and path<br />

appear in the title bar.<br />

To close a recipe:<br />

1. Click the New Recipe icon in the toolbar.<br />

2. You may be prompted to save the recipe. Click Yes or No.<br />

The recipe closes and the workspace is cleared for a new recipe.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 115


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Working with Templates in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To quickly build a recipe, use one of the templates included with the Look<br />

Manager System. Or you can create and save your own customized template<br />

for processes that you perform regularly.<br />

The default templates do not contain any look information. You must enter the<br />

appropriate node options as necessary. However, your customized templates<br />

can include any look information that you choose.<br />

Default templates include:<br />

INPUTROLL-NEG-MP-DN-PRINT—Use to emulate traditional<br />

photochemical release printing.<br />

INPUTROLL-NEG-PRINT—Use if you are printing directly from negative.<br />

INPUTROLL-NEG-Color Corrector—Use if you are outputting directly to<br />

Color Corrector.<br />

INPUT-SAVE—Use to save large, digital, still-camera files as smaller .dpx<br />

files.<br />

Negative + KODAK VISION2 HD System Custom Looks—(VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition only) Use to create a custom video look.<br />

KODAK VISION2 HD System Standard Looks—(VISION2 HD System<br />

Edition only) Use to view your image with one of the standard <strong>Kodak</strong> video<br />

looks used in the KODAK VISION2 HD Digital Processor.<br />

Negative + KODAK VISION2 HD System Custom Looks + Color<br />

Corrector—(VISION2 HD System Edition only) Use to apply Color<br />

Corrector corrections to a custom video look.<br />

KODAK VISION2 HD System Standard Looks + Color Corrector—<br />

(VISION2 HD System Edition only) Use to apply Color Corrector corrections<br />

to a standard <strong>Kodak</strong> video look.<br />

NOTE<br />

If your system is configured to do so, a template selection window opens when<br />

you open the Look Manager System. To enable or disable this feature, press<br />

F10 and select the Startup Template tab. Check or uncheck the option Don’t<br />

Show Template Selection Dialog on Startup.<br />

116 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To create a recipe based on a template:<br />

1. Go to File > Templates > Insert Template and select the appropriate<br />

template.<br />

The selected template appears in the workspace.<br />

2. Double-click the Input Roll/Image node. Browse to locate the desired<br />

image folder.<br />

All the images in the folder that are compatible with the Look Manager<br />

System are displayed in the upper display area on the Image Controller<br />

tab.<br />

3. Move the images that you want to work with into the lower display area by<br />

one of these methods:<br />

Double-click the image.<br />

Click and drag the image to the lower area.<br />

Click Select All and drag to the lower area.<br />

4. Add or delete nodes as necessary and set the node options.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

You can insert more than one template into the workspace. However, the<br />

nodes may appear on top of each other. If this occurs, select and drag the<br />

nodes to a new position.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 117


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To create a new template:<br />

1. Create a recipe with the nodes and options that you use regularly. All node<br />

options are saved when you save the template.<br />

2. Go to File > Save as Template.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Enter the template name and click OK. You do not need to type a file<br />

name extension.<br />

The template name appears in the Insert Template list under the File<br />

menu.<br />

To delete a template:<br />

1. Go to File > Templates > Delete Templates.<br />

2. Click the template you want to delete.<br />

The template is permanently removed from the system.<br />

<strong>View</strong>ing Your Recipe Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

<strong>View</strong> your results from the:<br />

Quick Preview window to display a low-resolution image that automatically<br />

updates as you make changes to the node options or to previous nodes. To<br />

open, click Quick Preview on the node. See “Using Quick Preview” on<br />

page 199.<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er to display a high-resolution image that you can print and<br />

save. (Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition) To open and<br />

update the Image<strong>View</strong>er, double-click the blue output button of a node or<br />

click Update on the node options window. See “Using the Image<strong>View</strong>er” on<br />

page 200.<br />

118 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Saving Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

The ability to save recipes depends upon which edition you have.<br />

Educational Edition—Recipes can be saved but cannot be shared with<br />

other users.<br />

Production Edition—Recipes can be saved and shared with other users.<br />

VISION2 HD System Edition—Recipes can be saved and shared with other<br />

VISION2 HD System Edition users.<br />

When you save a recipe, you can:<br />

Attach your name to it Password protect it<br />

Enable it as read-only Add a description<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

When saving recipes, remember that if you want to save the image with the<br />

recipe, you must select Add source image file to the recipe file from the Input<br />

Roll/Image - Image Controller tab. Otherwise, only the path to the source<br />

image is saved. See “Using the Image Controller Tab in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on<br />

page 128.<br />

To save a recipe:<br />

1. Click the Save icon in the toolbar.<br />

If the recipe was not saved previously, the Save Recipe As window opens.<br />

2. Enter the name and location where you want to save the file. Click Save.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 119


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

3. Edit the author information if necessary.<br />

4. Select Read Only if you do not want anyone to edit and resave the recipe.<br />

5. Enter a password to require someone to enter a password before they can<br />

edit and resave the recipe.<br />

NOTE<br />

This option is only available if you selected Read Only.<br />

6. Enter any comments that you want to save with the file.<br />

7. Click OK.<br />

NOTE<br />

To save a recipe as a template, see “To create a new template:” on page 118.<br />

To resave a read-only recipe:<br />

(Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition) If the recipe author<br />

designated the recipe as read-only, you will not be able to edit and save it.<br />

You may, however, edit it and resave it with a different name.<br />

1. Go to File > Save As.<br />

2. Enter the name and location where you want to save the file.<br />

3. Click Save.<br />

The Recipe Information window opens and displays the information that<br />

you provided when installing the Look Manager System.<br />

4. Enter the appropriate information and click OK.<br />

120 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Sharing Recipes<br />

Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

(Production Edition and VISION2 HD System Edition) To share the look you<br />

create with others, you can send one of the following combinations:<br />

Original image (.crw, .cr2, .nef, .kdc, .c in, .dpx or .vid image file) plus the<br />

recipe (.lms file)<br />

Corrected image (.dpx, .cin, .kdx, or .v id image file) plus the recipe (.lms<br />

file)<br />

Corrected image only (.dpx, .cin, .kdx or .vid file)<br />

3D LUTS—Share a look by creating a 3D LUT that can be imported by the<br />

KODAK VISION2 HD Digital Processor. See “Exporting a 3D LUT in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 191.<br />

You can export 3D LUTs in VISION2 HD System (native 3D LUT file format<br />

only, .xml) and Production Edition (see page 193 for file formats).<br />

You can send these files over the Internet or physically transfer them onto<br />

media.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

It is essential that everyone who views your recipe or image uses a monitor that<br />

is calibrated to the same standards using the Display Manager System. See<br />

“Calibrating Your Monitor” on page 227.<br />

Using the Internet<br />

You can share looks over the Internet by using either email or an FTP site.<br />

This is the most inexpensive way to share information, and the physical<br />

distance is not a factor. However, high-speed access might not always be<br />

available and the Internet is more complicated than physically sharing the look<br />

on media.<br />

Method Pros Cons<br />

FTP Fast file-transfer<br />

Also works as an archive or<br />

backup<br />

Email Familiar to most users<br />

Can easily add extra<br />

comments<br />

FTP site must be set up by<br />

post-house/lab or<br />

production<br />

Need to use FTP-client<br />

software<br />

Limited attachment sizes<br />

Possibility of lost,<br />

corrupted, or returned mail<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 121


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Physical Transfer<br />

Physically sharing the look involves writing the files to media and delivering<br />

the media.<br />

This may be more reliable than using the Internet, but it requires physical<br />

transfer and time may be a factor. The cost of media must also be considered.<br />

Method Pros Cons<br />

CD-ROM Readable on most<br />

computers<br />

Plenty of storage space<br />

Also works as an archive<br />

or backup<br />

DVD Plenty of storage space<br />

Also works as an archive<br />

or backup<br />

Portable<br />

media, such<br />

as USB/<br />

firewire<br />

device or<br />

flash card<br />

Paper print of<br />

the image<br />

Quick to write<br />

Can be reused<br />

Fewer technical issues<br />

Tangible<br />

Lots of CDs (1 per day over<br />

the course of production)<br />

Writing can be slow and<br />

complicated<br />

Security concerns<br />

Older computers might not<br />

have a DVD reader or writer<br />

Security concerns<br />

Limited storage space<br />

Security concerns<br />

Different lighting conditions<br />

change the look of the print<br />

Less color range than a<br />

CRT monitor<br />

Recipe is not<br />

communicated<br />

Match is not as accurate as<br />

calibrated electronic display<br />

Security concerns<br />

122 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

<strong>View</strong>ing Recipe Properties in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Whenever you save a recipe, certain properties are automatically saved with<br />

the recipe. This information gives the history of the recipe and identifies any<br />

issues with the recipe.<br />

To view the properties:<br />

1. Open the recipe.<br />

2. Click the Recipe Properties icon in the toolbar.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 123


Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

3. Click the Recipes tab to view more properties.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

Recipe Description: Contains the note that the author added to the<br />

comment area when the recipe was saved. If you want to edit this<br />

description, resave the recipe using Save As and enter the new<br />

information under Note.<br />

Recipe Protection: Indicates if a password is required to save the recipe<br />

after you have made changes.<br />

Read Only: Indicates if the author selected Read Only when saving<br />

the recipe.<br />

124 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Recipe Issue:<br />

Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Integrity—the recipe has been altered outside the Look Manager<br />

System. The integrity of the original creative intent has been<br />

compromised.<br />

Authenticity—the recipe's original creative intent has been altered by<br />

someone other than the original author.<br />

Monitor Calibrated: Indicates if the monitor, which was used to create the<br />

recipe, was calibrated when the recipe was created.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If the monitor was not calibrated when the recipe was created, the look may<br />

not be accurate.<br />

Last Calibration: The last time that the monitor, which was used to create<br />

the recipe, was calibrated before creating the recipe.<br />

Last Characterization: The last time that the monitor, which was used to<br />

create the recipe, was characterized before creating the recipe.<br />

Statistics: Contains a count of the recipe elements.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 125


INPUT/OUTPUT NODES IN<br />

F LOWGRAPH VIEW<br />

The Input and Output nodes are the nodes that you use to start and end<br />

your recipes.<br />

Begin each recipe with the Input Roll/Image node.<br />

If desired, you can end your recipe by using the Save node to save multiple<br />

images with the look that you create. (Production Edition and KODAK<br />

VISION2 HD System Edition)<br />

Input Roll/Image Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>)<br />

The Input Roll/Image node is the first node that you must place in each recipe.<br />

Use the node to:<br />

Browse for and select a folder of images to use with the recipe<br />

Switch to different images in your recipe<br />

Crop the image to different film aspect ratios<br />

Scale the image for faster processing<br />

Identify the film stock from which the image was scanned<br />

Identify the source of the digital stil l camera image (daylight or tungsten)<br />

Identify the source of a .tif image<br />

Add the image source file to the recipe file<br />

After you input an image, a thumbnail of that image is displayed on the Input<br />

Roll/Image node icon in the workspace.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 127


Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Using the Image Controller Tab<br />

in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Use the Image Controller tab of the Input Roll/Image node to:<br />

Browse for and select images<br />

Scale images<br />

Crop images<br />

NOTE<br />

After you have selected an image to use in your recipe, go to the Scanning<br />

Media and Source Type tabs to provide the Look Manager System with<br />

additional information about the image. See “Scanning Media Tab in <strong>Flowgraph</strong><br />

<strong>View</strong>” on page 133 and “Source Type Tab in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 134.<br />

Inputting an Image<br />

To input an image:<br />

1. From the Input/Output node menu, click the Input Roll/Image node and<br />

click in the workspace.<br />

OR<br />

If working with a template, double-click the Input Roll/Image node and<br />

click Select on the Image Controller tab.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

128 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

2. Browse to and double-click the correct image folder.<br />

All the images in the folder that are compatible with your Look Manager<br />

System edition are displayed in the upper display area on the Image<br />

Controller tab.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you have more than one Input Roll/Image node in your recipe, you can<br />

drag images from one Image Controller tab to another.<br />

3. Move the images that you want to work with into the lower display area by<br />

one of these methods:<br />

Double-click the image.<br />

Click and drag the image to the lower area.<br />

Click Select All and drag to the lower area.<br />

4. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

upper display area for additional selection options.<br />

The images that you place in the lower display area are the images that<br />

are available to the recipe you are creating. But the look you create in the<br />

recipe is only displayed on the last selected image. Selected images have<br />

a blue outline.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 129


Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Scaling Images<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

We recommend that you scale all images that are larger than 3 megapixels.<br />

Digital, still-camera images are automatically scaled to 25% and .dpx images<br />

are automatically scaled to 75%.<br />

To scale images:<br />

1. On the Image Controller tab of the Input Roll/Image node, select one or<br />

more images in the lower display area.<br />

2. From the Scale Factor drop-down menu, select a scale factor.<br />

NOTE<br />

To accurately print an image, resize the image to 100% before printing.<br />

Cropping Images<br />

You may need to crop images to get the correct aspect ratio for the image<br />

output type that you will use. This prevents the colors that are outside the<br />

frame from influencing color corrections that you make.<br />

To crop the image:<br />

1. On the Image Controller tab of the Input Roll/Image node, select one or<br />

more images in the lower display area and click Crop Image.<br />

The crop window opens.<br />

130 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

2. Select the Aspect Ratio from the drop-down menu, or click and drag to<br />

draw a crop box.<br />

3. To move the crop box, click the center circle and drag the box.<br />

4. Click Color to select a color for the area that will be cropped out of the<br />

image.<br />

5. Use the Opacity slider bar to select an opacity value for the masked area.<br />

NOTE<br />

The Color and Opacity options are for reference in this window only and<br />

do not affect the final image.<br />

6. Click OK.<br />

Changing Images in Your <strong>Flowgraph</strong> Recipe<br />

After you have created a look for an image in your recipe, you may want to<br />

view the look on other images from the same scene.<br />

To change images in your recipe:<br />

1. Double-click the Input Roll/Image node.<br />

2. On the Image Controller tab, click a single image in the lower display<br />

area. If necessary, drag the image from the top display area into the lower<br />

display area.<br />

This is now the image that you will be working with in the recipe.<br />

Selected images have a blue outline around them. If more than one image is<br />

selected, the last image selected is the image that appears in your recipe.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 131


Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Enabling the Spot Meter in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

If you enable the spot meter, image color values are displayed from the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

To enable the spot meter:<br />

1. On the Image Controller tab of the Input Roll/Image node, select Enable<br />

Spot Meter.<br />

2. Click Spot Meter Prefs.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Enter the Average pixel radius that you want to use to calculate the<br />

average of multiple pixel values.<br />

4. Select the type of data that you want to be displayed.<br />

5. Click OK.<br />

When you move your cursor over the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er, the spot<br />

meter information is displayed.<br />

132 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Saving Images with the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> Recipe<br />

Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

In order to save the original, uncorrected image with your recipe, you must<br />

enable this feature on the Image Controller tab.<br />

You can set this option to always be enabled by selecting it on the Directories<br />

tab in the Preferences window. See “Setting Image Directory Paths” on<br />

page 103.<br />

You may want to save an image with a recipe if you plan to send the recipe<br />

and image together to other members of the production team. If you do not<br />

select this option, you must send the image file separately in order for other<br />

users to view the image in the recipe.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Adding the image file to the recipe file significantly increases the size of the<br />

recipe file.<br />

Scanning Media Tab in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Use the Scanning Media tab to identify the type of film that was scanned to<br />

generate the image, or the type of digital still camera image. The system uses<br />

this information to accurately emulate the process.<br />

If you want to emulate a film stock other than the one you actually shot the<br />

image with, the system needs to know what film stock was originally used.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 133


Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Once the system knows what the original light or scene exposure looks like, it<br />

can show you how the different film stocks react to that light when you select<br />

different stocks in the Negative node.<br />

To identify the scanning media:<br />

1. Click the Scanning Media tab on the Input Roll/Image node options<br />

window.<br />

2. Select the film stock that was used to shoot the scanned image.<br />

3. If the scanner that was used to scan the film needs corrections, use the<br />

input timing settings to make the known adjustments.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Input Timing should only be used by an experienced colorist.<br />

4. Click Close to return to the workspace and continue building your recipe.<br />

OR<br />

Click the Source Type tab if you need to make selections on that tab.<br />

Source Type Tab in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Use the Source Type tab to select the:<br />

Illuminant source of a digital still camera image<br />

Type of .tif image<br />

− Telecine frame grab<br />

− CGI— MACINTOSH OS<br />

− CGI— WINDOWS OS<br />

− CGI— SGI<br />

The options available in the Source Type tab depend on the type of image<br />

that you are using.<br />

To select the source type:<br />

1. Click the Source Type tab of the Input Roll/Image node options window.<br />

2. Click the source of your image.<br />

The illuminant source is automatically selected on the Scanning Media<br />

tab.<br />

134 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Save Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>)<br />

Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

This node is available in the Production Edition and the VISION2 HD System<br />

Edition.<br />

If you are using the Production Edition, you can save images as .jpeg, .dpx,<br />

.cin, and .tiff.<br />

If you are using the VISION2 HD System Edition, you can save images as .tiff<br />

or .vid. With this edition, the Save node only works when it is connected to a<br />

node that supports video color space—HD Standard Looks node, HD<br />

Custom Looks node, or Color Corrector node.<br />

Use the Save node with the Batch Render Mode. Enable batch render to save<br />

all the images included in the lower display area on the Image Controller tab<br />

of the Input Roll/Image node.<br />

NOTE<br />

To save only one image, use the Save Image option from the Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

instead of the Save node. See “Image<strong>View</strong>er Options” on page 202.<br />

To save multiple images:<br />

1. Enable the Batch Render Mode by clicking the Batch Render Mode icon<br />

in the toolbar.<br />

2. Connect the Save node to the node in your recipe that represents the look<br />

that you want to save.<br />

3. Double-click the Save node.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

4. Click Select. Browse for and double-click the directory where you want to<br />

save the images.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 135


Input/Output Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

5. Enter the prefix name or select Use original prefix.<br />

NOTE<br />

It is helpful to use a prefix when naming images in a scene or episode.<br />

6. Select the format type for the saved image from the drop-down menu.<br />

7. Click Save.<br />

The images are saved.<br />

NOTE<br />

You are prompted at every third image to click OK if you want to continue.<br />

136 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


E MULATION NODES IN<br />

F LOWGRAPH VIEW<br />

The Emulation nodes represent operations that appear in traditional<br />

photochemical film processing.<br />

These nodes consist of:<br />

Negative: See page 137.<br />

Master Positive: See page 149. (Not available in the KODAK VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition.)<br />

Dupe Negative: See page 149. (Not available in the KODAK VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition.)<br />

Print Emulation: See page 154. (Not available in the KODAK VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition.)<br />

Color Corrector: See page 161.<br />

Negative Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>)<br />

This node emulates the negative film stock and process.<br />

From this node you can emulate:<br />

Films and Processing: See page 138.<br />

Filters: See page 140.<br />

Gels: See page 143.<br />

Flashing: See page 146.<br />

You can also use the Negative node to calculate filter factors. See page 148.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Always use a Negative node in your recipe if you use a digital, still-camera<br />

image. Never use a Negative node in your recipe if you use a .tif image. You<br />

may or may not choose to use a Negative node if you use a .dpx, .kdx, or .cin<br />

image.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 137


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Negative Node - Films Tab<br />

From the Negative Node - Films tab, make your choices for film, processing,<br />

and exposure. As you make selections on this tab, the Current Gray Density<br />

and Normal Gray Density are displayed.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

As you make film and process selections on this tab or the Print node, the color<br />

timing lights automatically update on the next node in your recipe. To turn off<br />

this feature, check the Lock Timing option on the Color Timing tabs for the<br />

Master Positive, Dupe Negative, or Print nodes. You may want to leave the<br />

color timing tabs open as you work with the Negative Node - Films tab. See<br />

“Master Positive/Dupe Negative Nodes - Color Timing Tab” on page 152.<br />

138 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To use the Negative Node - Films tab:<br />

1. From the Negative node options window, click the Films tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Click the film stock that you will use during actual production.<br />

The manufacturer’s recommended Exposure Index and Normal Gray<br />

Density are displayed.<br />

4. Click a film process. Choose from Pull 2, Pull 1, Normal, Push 1, or<br />

Push 2.<br />

The Normal Gray Density and Current Gray Density values change to<br />

reflect your choice.<br />

5. If desired, select a Stop Offset and Compensation value from the dropdown<br />

menu.<br />

The Stop Offset and Compensation value that you select here also<br />

appears on the Filters and Gels tabs.<br />

6. If desired, select Compensate Filters or Compensate Gels. This option<br />

is only available if you select a filter or gel on the Filters and Gels tabs.<br />

The Stop Offset and Compensation value changes to reflect<br />

compensation.<br />

7. If desired, select a different exposure index.<br />

The default Exposure Index (EI) is the manufacturer’s recommendation<br />

for the film stock you select. However, if you prefer to rate the film<br />

differently, you can set the EI that you prefer to shoot at.<br />

The Current Gray Density values change to reflect your choice.<br />

8. If desired, use the slider bar to select a Skip Bleach percentage.<br />

9. Leave Autobalance Timing lIghts selected if you want the image to print<br />

to a normal 18% gray. This compensates for the push or pull processing<br />

that you select.<br />

10. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

11. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

12. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 139


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Negative Node - Filters Tab<br />

From the Negative Node - Filters tab, you can:<br />

Select one or more filters to emulate<br />

Compensate for the filter<br />

<strong>View</strong> the resulting Stop Compensation and Effective EI<br />

Create a filters package of your mostly frequently used filters<br />

NOTE<br />

These filters only emulate the tone and color impact of filters, not defocus/blur<br />

effects.<br />

140 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

My Filters Package<br />

The list of filters is extensive. To quickly locate and select filters that you use<br />

on a regular basis, create a customized filter package.<br />

To create a Filters Package:<br />

1. From the Negative node options window, click the Filters tab.<br />

2. From the Filters list on the left, click the filter that you want to include in<br />

your package. If necessary, click the + in front of a family of filters to<br />

display the entire list.<br />

3. Click the upper arrow that points toward the My Filters Package list.<br />

The filter appears in the My Filters Package list.<br />

This filter remains in the list until you remove it by selecting it and clicking<br />

Remove.<br />

Applying Filters to a Recipe<br />

Select a filter to emulate from either the main Filters list to the left or from the<br />

My Filters Package that you created.<br />

To apply a filter:<br />

1. From the Negative node options window, click the Filters tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 141


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

3. Do one of the following:<br />

From the Filters list on the left, click the filter that you want to emulate. If<br />

necessary, click the + in front of a family of filters to display the entire<br />

list. Click the lower arrow that points toward the Selected Filters list.<br />

OR<br />

From the My Filters Package list, click the filter that you want to<br />

emulate. Click the down arrow to move the filter into the Selected<br />

Filters list.<br />

The Current Gray Density values change to reflect your choice.<br />

4. Check or uncheck the Compensate Filters option.<br />

The Stop Compensation value and Effective EI are automatically<br />

adjusted.<br />

You can also manually select a Stop Compensation from the drop-down<br />

menu.<br />

142 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

5. To remove a filter, click the filter and then click Remove.<br />

6. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

7. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

8. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

Negative Node - Gels Tab<br />

From the Negative Node - Gels tab you can:<br />

Select one or more gels to emulate<br />

Compensate for the gel<br />

<strong>View</strong> the resulting Stop Compensation and Effective EI<br />

Create a gels package of your most frequently used gels<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 143


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

My Gels Package<br />

The list of gels is extensive. To quickly locate and select gels that you use on<br />

a regular basis, create a customized gels package.<br />

To create a Gels Package:<br />

1. From the Negative node options window, click the Gels tab.<br />

2. From the Gels list on the left, click the gel that you want to include in your<br />

package. If necessary, click the + in front of a family of gels to display the<br />

entire list.<br />

3. Click the upper arrow that points toward the My Gels Package list.<br />

The gel appears in the My Gels Package list.<br />

This gel remains in the list until you remove it by selecting it and clicking<br />

Remove.<br />

Applying Gels to a Recipe<br />

Select a gel to emulate from either the main Gels list to the left or from the My<br />

Gels Package that you created.<br />

To apply a gel:<br />

1. From the Negative node options window, click the Gels tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

144 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


3. Do one of the following:<br />

Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

From the Gels list on the left, click the gel that you want to emulate. If<br />

necessary, click the + in front of a family of gels to display the entire list.<br />

Click the lower arrow that points toward the Selected Gels list.<br />

OR<br />

From the My Gels Package list, click the gel that you want to emulate.<br />

Click the down arrow to move the gel into the Selected Gels list.<br />

The Current Gray Density values change to reflect your choice.<br />

4. Check or uncheck the Compensate Gels option.<br />

The Stop Compensation value and Effective EI are automatically<br />

adjusted.<br />

You can also manually select a Stop Compensation from the drop-down<br />

menu.<br />

5. To remove a gel, click the gel and then click Remove.<br />

6. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

7. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

8. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 145


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Negative Node - Flashing Tab<br />

Use the Negative Node - Flashing tab to select Flashing Filters and set<br />

their values. The flashing value is the density above D-min. Flashing exposes<br />

a small amount of light to film before or after the scene is photographed. This<br />

lowers the contrast of your shadows or highlights depending upon which<br />

process you apply it to. For example, Negative plus Dupe Negative flashing<br />

lifts blacks, while Print plus Master Positive flashing softens whites.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can also apply flashing during the Dupe Negative, Master Positive, and Print<br />

Emulation processes.<br />

To apply a Flashing Filter to a recipe:<br />

1. From the Negative node options window, click the Flashing tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Click one or more flashing filters in the Flashing Filters list. If necessary,<br />

click the + in front of the family of filters to display the entire list.<br />

The filters appear in the Selected Flashing Filters list.<br />

146 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

4. Use the slider bars to separately increase or decrease the amount of red,<br />

green, blue, or neutral. To move in large increments, click and drag the<br />

slider bar. To move in small increments, click in the slider bar area or use<br />

the arrow keys on your keyboard.<br />

The Current Gray Density values change to reflect your choice.<br />

5. To remove one filter in the Selected Flashing Filters list:<br />

a) Click the filter.<br />

b) Click Remove all Flashing Filters.<br />

6. To remove all filters in the Selected Flashing Filters list, click Remove<br />

All Flashing Filters.<br />

7. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

8. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

9. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

NOTE<br />

Flashing through a filter generally reduces the amount of flashing density to be<br />

achieved. When a filter is used here, the dragged slider position sets the nominal<br />

flashing density, but the filter impact is added afterwards. As a result, the final<br />

flashing density setting may not exactly match where you positioned the slider.<br />

Consider setting a nominal flashing level first and then activating a specific filter.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 147


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Calculating Filter Factors<br />

From the Negative node you can automatically calculate filter factors for any<br />

combination of film, filters, and gels.<br />

To use the Negative Node to calculate filter factors:<br />

1. Double-click the Negative node to open the options window.<br />

2. On the Films tab, click a film stock.<br />

3. If desired, change the Exposure Index.<br />

4. Click the Filters tab:<br />

a) Select the desired filters. See “Negative Node - Filters Tab” on<br />

page 140.<br />

b) Check the option box for Compensate Filters.<br />

The Eff. EI and Stop Compensation values are displayed on this tab<br />

and also the Films and Gels tabs.<br />

5. If using gels, repeat Step 4 on the Gels tab. See “Negative Node - Gels<br />

Tab” on page 143.<br />

148 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Master Positive and Dupe Negative Nodes<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong>)<br />

NOTE<br />

These nodes are not available in the VISION2 HD System Edition.<br />

Use these nodes to emulate the photochemical film processing chain of:<br />

Shoot on Print to<br />

Negative Master<br />

Positive<br />

The option windows for Master Positive and Dupe Negative nodes are the<br />

same.<br />

From these nodes you can emulate:<br />

Film: See page 149.<br />

Flashing: See page 150.<br />

Color Timing: See page 152.<br />

Master Positive/Dupe Negative Nodes - Films Tab<br />

<br />

Print to<br />

Dupe<br />

Negative<br />

From this tab, select the type of film and film process that you will use to<br />

create the Master Positive or the Dupe Negative during actual processing.<br />

You can also apply a Skip Bleach if desired.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 149<br />

<br />

Print the Final<br />

Release Print


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To use the Master Positive/Dupe Negative Node - Films Tab:<br />

1. From the Master Positive or Dupe Negative node options window, click<br />

the Films tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Click the film stock and the process that you want to emulate.<br />

4. If desired, use the slider bar to select a Skip Bleach percentage.<br />

5. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

6. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

7. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

Master Positive/Dupe Negative Nodes - Flashing Tab<br />

Use the Master Positive/Dupe Negative - Flashing tab to select Flashing<br />

Filters and set their values.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can also apply flashing during the Negative and Print Emulation processes.<br />

150 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To use the Master Positive/Dupe Negative Node - Flashing Tab:<br />

1. From the Master Positive or Dupe Negative node options window, click<br />

the Flashing tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Click one or more filters in the Flashing Filters list. If necessary, click the<br />

+ in front of the family of filters to display the entire list.<br />

The filters appear in the Selected Flashing Filters list.<br />

4. Use the slider bars to separately increase or decrease the amount of red,<br />

green, blue, or neutral. To move in large increments, click and drag the<br />

slider bar. To move in small increments, click in the slider bar area or use<br />

the arrow keys on your keyboard.<br />

The density value is displayed.<br />

5. To remove one filter:<br />

a) Click the filter.<br />

b) Click Remove all Flashing Filters.<br />

6. To remove all filters, click Remove all Flashing Filters.<br />

7. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

8. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

9. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

NOTE<br />

Flashing through a filter generally reduces the amount of flashing density to be<br />

achieved. When a filter is used here, the dragged slider position sets the nominal<br />

flashing density, but the filter impact is added afterwards. As a result, the final<br />

flashing density setting may not exactly match where you positioned the slider.<br />

Consider setting a nominal flashing level first and then activating a specific filter.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 151


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Master Positive/Dupe Negative Nodes -<br />

Color Timing Tab<br />

Adjust the Master Positive and Dupe Negative color timing from the Color<br />

Timing tab.<br />

Lock Timing<br />

When you make adjustments to film processing on any node, the timing lights<br />

automatically adjust so that a properly exposed 18% gray patch prints to the<br />

manufacturer’s recommendations for that film stock. This is called One Light<br />

timing.<br />

Check the Lock Timing (One Light) option to maintain the manufacturer’s<br />

recommended settings for the film and processing that you selected on the<br />

Negative Node - Films tab.<br />

Also, check the Lock Timing (One Light) option to prevent the timing from<br />

changing on the opposite intermediate node. If the option is unchecked and<br />

you increase the timing on the Master Positive node, the timing decreases on<br />

the Dupe Negative node.<br />

Lab LAD Normal<br />

The Lab LAD Normal values are offset values specific to a lab. The default<br />

settings are 25-25-25. Use the default settings unless you are calibrating for a<br />

specific lab and know that particular lab’s settings.<br />

Adjusting these values adjusts the printer lights even if the Lock Timing (One<br />

Light) option is checked, but does not affect the image.<br />

152 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Adjusting the Printer Lights<br />

The Lock Timing (One Light) option must be unchecked for you to use the<br />

color slider bars.<br />

When you adjust the printer lights, you are entering offsets to the one-light<br />

position. So, if you change the processing parameters from any node, the<br />

printer lights change according to the manufacturer’s recommendations but<br />

also keep your offset values.<br />

For instance, if your one light is 21-27-18 and you change the lights to<br />

25-27-18, the offset increments for each color are 4-0-0. Then, if you change<br />

the processing type and the auto-timing changes so that the new one light is<br />

20-26-16, the printer lights remember the 4-0-0 offset increments. The printer<br />

lights automatically change to 24-26-16.<br />

To adjust printer lights:<br />

1. From the Master Positive or Dupe Negative node options window, click<br />

the Color Timing tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Uncheck Lock Timing (One Light).<br />

4. Select the appropriate Timing Range from the drop-down menu.<br />

5. If you know the lab’s specific settings, adjust the Lab LAD Normal values.<br />

If not, use the default settings.<br />

6. Use the slider bars to adjust the lights. To move in large increments, click<br />

and drag the slider bar. To move in small increments, click in the slider bar<br />

area or on the colored boxes. Or, use the arrow keys on your keyboard.<br />

The Gray Density values change to reflect your choices.<br />

7. Click Reset Color Timing if you need to return to the manufacturer’s<br />

recommended settings.<br />

8. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

9. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

10. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 153


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Print Emulation Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>)<br />

NOTE<br />

This node is not available in the VISION2 HD System Edition.<br />

Use this node to set up how the film will be printed. You can also use this node<br />

to get the print film look in video. You must select the film that you are<br />

emulating (Print Film) and the film that you will print to (Printing Media.)<br />

From this node you can emulate:<br />

Print Films: See page 154.<br />

Color Timing: See page 155.<br />

Printing Media: See page 157.<br />

Flashing: See page 159.<br />

Print Emulation - Print Films Tab<br />

Use the Print Films tab to select the print film stock that you want your print to<br />

look like, regardless of the actual print media that you will print on.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

When printing to film with the standard lab procedure, the Print Film and Printing<br />

Media must be the same. When printing a digitally recorded negative, they can<br />

be different.<br />

154 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To select the Print Films and process:<br />

1. From the Print Emulation node options window, click the Print Films tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Click the film stock and the process you want to emulate.<br />

4. If desired, use the slider bar to select a Skip Bleach percentage.<br />

5. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

6. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

7. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

Print Emulation - Color Timing Tab<br />

To accurately communicate a look to a lab, the Look Manager System printer<br />

lights must be in sync with the lab’s printer lights. You can set these values on<br />

the Color Timing tab by adjusting the printer lights or by entering the Lab LAD<br />

Normal values.<br />

NOTE<br />

Changing the Lab LAD values does not change the look; it only adjusts the<br />

printer light offsets to match a specific lab’s printer.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 155


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Lock Timing<br />

When you make adjustments to film processing on any node, the timing lights<br />

automatically adjust so that a properly exposed 18% gray patch prints to the<br />

manufacturer’s recommendations for that film stock. This is called One Light<br />

timing.<br />

Check the Lock Timing (One Light) option to maintain the manufacturer’s<br />

recommended settings for the film and processing that you selected on the<br />

Negative Node - Films tab.<br />

Lab LAD Normal<br />

The Labs LAD Normal values are offset values specific to a lab. The default<br />

settings are 25-25-25. Use the default settings unless you are calibrating for a<br />

specific lab and know that particular lab’s settings.<br />

Adjusting these values adjusts the printer lights numbers even if the Lock<br />

Timing (One Light) option is checked, but does not affect the image.<br />

NOTE<br />

After you apply the Labs LAD Normal values, you can make note of the printer<br />

light settings and send that information to the lab. This is a quick method to<br />

communicate the information if you don’t have time to create and share the<br />

recipe and image with the lab.<br />

Adjusting the Printer Lights<br />

The Lock Timing (One Light) option must be unchecked for you to use the<br />

color slider bars.<br />

When you adjust the printer lights, you are entering offsets to the one-light<br />

position. So, if you change the processing parameters from any node, the<br />

printer lights change according to the manufacturer’s recommendations but<br />

also keep your offset values.<br />

For instance, if your one light is 21-27-18 and you change the lights to<br />

25-27-18, the offset increments for each color are 4-0-0. Then, if you change<br />

the processing type and the auto-timing changes so that the new one light is<br />

20-26-16, the printer lights remember the 4-0-0 offset increments. The printer<br />

lights automatically change to 24-26-16.<br />

To adjust printer lights:<br />

1. From the Print Emulation node options window, click the Color Timing<br />

tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Uncheck Lock Timing (One Light).<br />

4. Select the appropriate Timing Range from the drop-down menu.<br />

156 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

5. If you know the lab’s specific settings, adjust the Lab LAD Normal values.<br />

If not, use the default settings.<br />

6. Use the slider bars to adjust the lights. To move in large increments, click<br />

and drag the slider bar. To move in small increments, click in the slider bar<br />

area or on the colored boxes, or use the arrow keys on your keyboard.<br />

The Gray Density values change to reflect your choices.<br />

7. Click Reset Color Timing if you need to return to the manufacturer’s<br />

recommended settings.<br />

8. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

9. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

10. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

Print Emulation - Printing Media Tab<br />

Printing media is the film that your laser or CRT recorded negative will print to.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 157


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To select the Printing Media:<br />

1. From the Print Emulation node options window, click the Printing Media<br />

tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Click the film stock that you will be printing to.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

When printing to film with the standard lab procedure, the Print Film and<br />

Printing Media must be the same. When printing a digitally recorded<br />

negative, they can be different.<br />

4. If necessary, adjust the output timing.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Only use the output timing if you have to adjust for known deficiencies in a<br />

film recorder.<br />

5. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

6. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

7. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can also select Printing Media by right-clicking (WINDOWS OS) or<br />

Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the Image<strong>View</strong>er and selecting Printing<br />

Media.<br />

158 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Print Emulation - Flashing Tab<br />

Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Use the Print Emulation Node - Flashing tab to select Flashing Filters and<br />

set flashing densities.<br />

NOTE<br />

You can also apply flashing during the Negative, Dupe Negative, and Master<br />

Positive processes.<br />

To use the Print Emulation - Flashing Tab:<br />

1. From the Print Emulation node options window, click the Flashing tab.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 159


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

3. Click one or more flashing filters in the Flashing Filters list. Click the + in<br />

front of the family of filters to display the entire list.<br />

The filters appear in the Selected Flashing Filters list.<br />

4. Use the slider bars to adjust the lights. To move in large increments, click<br />

and drag the slider bar. To move in small increments, click in the slider bar<br />

area or use the arrow keys on your keyboard.<br />

The density value is displayed.<br />

5. To remove one filter:<br />

a) Click the filter.<br />

b) Click Remove All the Flashing Filters.<br />

6. To remove all filters, click Remove all the Flashing Filters.<br />

7. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

8. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

9. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all of the tabs to the default values.<br />

NOTE<br />

Flashing through a filter generally reduces the amount of flashing density to be<br />

achieved. When a filter is used here, the dragged slider position sets the nominal<br />

flashing density, but the filter impact is added afterwards. As a result, the final<br />

flashing density setting may not exactly match where you positioned the slider.<br />

Consider setting a nominal flashing level first and then activating a specific filter.<br />

160 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Color Corrector Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>)<br />

Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Use this node to emulate primary color corrections for lift, gamma, gain,<br />

saturation, and lamp intensity.<br />

Lift adjusts the colors primarily in the shadows.<br />

Gamma adjusts the colors primarily in the midtones.<br />

Gain adjusts the colors primarily in the highlights.<br />

To use the Color Corrector node:<br />

1. Connect the Color Corrector node into your recipe and double-click it to<br />

open the options window.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Click in the color area that you want to adjust for either Lift, Gamma, or<br />

Gain.<br />

4. Use the keyboard arrows to move the point in small increments.<br />

5. (Optional) Select Video Input to convert all incoming images to video<br />

color space for applying the color corrections. For most recipes, the image<br />

is converted back to an appropriate color space for display. For example,<br />

the image is converted back to DPX color space for appropriate<br />

emulations through a print film.<br />

6. Use the slider bar to set the density.<br />

If you decrease lift, shadows get darker.<br />

If you decrease gain, the highlights get darker.<br />

7. For finer control, select a Zoom value.<br />

8. To adjust the overall amount of saturation, set the value in Saturation.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 161


Emulation Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

9. To adjust the overall lamp intensity, set the value in Lamp Intensity.<br />

10. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

11. If necessary, click Reset All to reset all the tabs to the default values.<br />

162 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Timing Node<br />

TOOL NODES IN<br />

F LOWGRAPH VIEW<br />

The Tool nodes allow you to apply special procedures to the film processing<br />

workflow. Some of these procedures are not an emulation of real-world digital<br />

processes. Use these tools if you are outputting to Color Corrector or digital<br />

intermediate in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>.<br />

Tools include:<br />

Timing<br />

Matrix Gamma<br />

Split<br />

Merge<br />

Apply 3DLut<br />

HD Standard Looks (KODAK VISION2 HD System Edition only)<br />

HD Custom Looks (KODAK VISION2 HD System Edition only)<br />

Use this node to apply a mathematical offset to the code values of an image.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

This node is only recommended for advanced colorists.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 163


Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To set Timing:<br />

1. Connect the Timing node into your recipe, and double-click it to open its<br />

options window.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. From the Input-Timing Mode drop-down menu, select either Addition or<br />

Multiplication for the correction mode.<br />

4. If desired, click Link Channels to enable the sliders to move at the same<br />

time.<br />

5. Adjust the values by:<br />

Dragging the slider bar<br />

Clicking the slider bar to move the slider in increments of 10<br />

Typing a value in the coefficient field<br />

6. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

7. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

8. If necessary, click Reset to reset to the default values.<br />

164 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Matrix Gamma Node<br />

Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Use this node to apply a color correction matrix or to apply a gamma curve to<br />

an image.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

This node is only recommended for advanced colorists.<br />

Gamma affects the overall tonal quality of colors and also controls contrast.<br />

Normal values are 1, 1, 1. Click the blue arrows to move all three gamma<br />

values in equal increments; or highlight a value and type a new value.<br />

Values in the matrix determine the red, green, and blue coefficients. Normal<br />

values, with no color correction applied, are shown here:<br />

The example below shows a sample 3 x 3 matrix, which completely<br />

desaturates an image.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 165


Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To use the Matrix Gamma node:<br />

1. Connect the Matrix Gamma node into your recipe, and double-click it to<br />

open its options window.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Click in a cell and type the desired value. Note that the sum of the values<br />

in each row cannot exceed 1.<br />

4. Click Identity to set the matrix values to 1, 1, 1.<br />

5. Select Auto Fill to automatically adjust the first three values in each row to<br />

make the sum equal 1.<br />

6. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

7. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

8. If necessary, click Reset All to reset to the default values.<br />

166 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Split Node<br />

Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Use this node to output a look at different intensities. If you do a split of<br />

100,0,0; 0,100,0; and 0,0,100, you can do Color Corrector or other operations<br />

on the red, green, and blue channels individually. You can then recombine the<br />

images with a Merge node with the same settings.<br />

Set the percentages for each color channel image that you want to split. The<br />

most common type of split is shown here.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Recipes that use the Split node cannot be imported into the Main <strong>View</strong>.<br />

To use the Split node:<br />

1. Connect the Split node into your recipe, and double-click it to open its<br />

options window.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Enter the values for each color channel.<br />

The numbers for each color channel represent the percentage of red,<br />

green, and blue that goes into that channel.<br />

4. Click to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

5. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

Sample Recipe with a Split Image<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 167


Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Merge Node<br />

Use this node to combine two or three looks or to recombine a single image<br />

that was split into color channels.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Recipes that use the merge node cannot be imported into the Main <strong>View</strong>.<br />

To use the Merge node:<br />

1. Connect the Merge node into your recipe, and double-click it to open its<br />

options window.<br />

2. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

3. Enter the values for each color channel.<br />

The numbers for each color channel represent the percentage of red,<br />

green, and blue that goes into that channel.<br />

4. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

5. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

168 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Sample Recipes Using the Merge Node<br />

Merging Looks<br />

Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

If you want to do a 50-50 blend of two looks, you would enter the following<br />

values for Image Input 1 and Image Input 2:<br />

Merging a Split Image<br />

After an image has been split so that operations can be performed on<br />

individual channels, you will probably want to merge it.<br />

It is possible to perform a split and merge where you leave the values<br />

unchanged in the split and make the changes in the Merge node. By doing<br />

this, you are developing looks on a full copy of the original look. The Merge<br />

node only selects information from the channels that it needs.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 169


Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Apply 3DLut Node<br />

Use this node to apply a 3D LUT to an image. For more information about 3D<br />

LUTs, see “3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying” on page 191 .<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

This node is intended to be used by advanced users.<br />

To use the Apply 3DLut node:<br />

1. Connect the Apply 3DLut node into your recipe, and double-click it to<br />

open its options window.<br />

2. Click Select to browse to a 3D LUT file.<br />

Production Edition—LUTs from outside sources in the .3dl format are<br />

acceptable. Make sure the 3D LUTs you use are in the DPX color space.<br />

VISION2 HD Edition—LUTs from outside sources in the .3dl format are<br />

acceptable. Make sure the 3D LUTs you use are in the VIDEO709 color<br />

space. However, under the following conditions, you can apply a 3D LUT<br />

node with DPX color space:<br />

- 3D LUT shall not be the last node of the chain<br />

- can be inserted after a Negative node<br />

- can be inserted after a Color Corrector node<br />

3. (Optional) Click Quick Preview to open a Quick Preview window.<br />

Use this window to immediately view the effects of the selections that you<br />

make. However, this is a low-resolution image and should not be used to<br />

make critical color decisions. Use the Image<strong>View</strong>er for critical color<br />

decisions.<br />

4. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

170 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


HD Standard Looks Node<br />

Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

This node is only available in the VISION2 HD System Edition.<br />

Use this node to create a standard <strong>Kodak</strong> video look.<br />

You can customize a standard look by adding a Color Corrector node to the<br />

recipe. You can export the look in a 3D LUT to be used by the KODAK<br />

VISION2 HD Digital Processor.<br />

NOTE<br />

For more information on using this node, see “Using the HD Standard Looks<br />

Node in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 179.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 171


Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

HD Custom Looks Node<br />

This node is only available in the VISION2 HD System Edition.<br />

Always use this node with a Negative node to create a custom video look.<br />

You can export the look in a 3D LUT to be used by the KODAK VISION2 HD<br />

Digital Processor.<br />

NOTE<br />

For more information on using this node, see “Using the HD Custom Looks Node<br />

in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 184.<br />

172 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


U SING THE VISION2 HD<br />

S YSTEM EDITION<br />

You can use the KODAK VISION2 HD System Edition in both Main <strong>View</strong> and<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>.<br />

During pre-production, use the VISION2 HD System Edition to:<br />

<strong>View</strong> a digital, still-camera image of your set with one of the standard <strong>Kodak</strong><br />

video looks applied. These are the same looks that you can create after<br />

shooting on VISION2 HD Film and then applying a look with the KODAK<br />

VISION2 HD Digital Processor. See “Using the HD Standard Looks Tab in<br />

Main <strong>View</strong>” on page 174 and “Using the HD Standard Looks Node in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 179<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If any on-camera lens filtration is to be used during actual filming, use the<br />

same filter on the digital-still camera when taking a still preview image. This<br />

ensures the most accurate match between the digital preview and the<br />

captured film image. Be sure to use the appropriate filter factor for the filter<br />

on both the film camera and the digital camera.<br />

Customize one of the standard <strong>Kodak</strong> video looks. You can customize a<br />

look by using the HD Standard Looks node and adding Color Corrector<br />

corrections. Or, use the HD Custom Looks node with the negative node<br />

and add Color Corrector corrections, if desired. After creating the look,<br />

export an encrypted LUT containing that look for use with the VISION2 HD<br />

Digital Processor. See “Using the HD Custom Looks Tab in Main <strong>View</strong>” on<br />

page 176 and “Using the HD Custom Looks Node in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on<br />

page 184<br />

NOTE<br />

The VISION2 HD System Edition only recognizes supported digital, still-camera<br />

images and VISION2 HD 5299/7299 Film scanned image files with a .vid<br />

extension.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 173


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

Creating VISION2 HD System Looks in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

The Main <strong>View</strong> contains templates designed specifically for use with the<br />

VISION2 HD Digital Processor. All looks that you create for the VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition are based on these templates. The templates are located on<br />

the Look Browser tab inside the Templates directory.<br />

HD Standard—Use this to view one of the standard<br />

video looks available in the VISION2 HD Digital<br />

Processor. You can create the same looks that are in<br />

the KODAK VISION2 HD Digital Processor.<br />

HD StandardColorCorrector—Use this to add color<br />

corrections to one of the standard looks.<br />

NegCustom—Use this to create a custom look that can<br />

be exported as a 3D LUT. The LUT can be imported into<br />

the VISION2 HD Digital Processor.<br />

NegCustomColorCorrector—Use this to add color<br />

corrections to a custom look that can be exported as a<br />

3D LUT. The LUT can be imported into the VISION2 HD<br />

Digital Processor.<br />

To apply a template:<br />

From the Look Browser tab, in either Scene Layout or Look Builder, click and<br />

drag the template onto selected images. See “Applying a template or look” on<br />

page 75.<br />

Using the HD Standard Looks Tab in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Use the HD Standard Looks tab to view one of the standard looks available<br />

in the VISION2 HD Digital Processor.<br />

To use the HD Standard Looks tab in a recipe:<br />

1. Drag and drop one of the Standard Look templates from the Look<br />

Browser tab onto the image that you want to work with.<br />

NOTE<br />

This can be done from either Scene Layout or Look Builder.<br />

2. In Look Builder, click the HD Standard Looks tab at the bottom of the<br />

window.<br />

174 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


The following options are available.<br />

3. Make the appropriate selections.<br />

Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

Camera Film Stock—Select the type of film stock that you want to<br />

emulate.<br />

Alternate—Alternate Looks are outside of the typical color negative film<br />

choices offered for television post-production. Some of the looks<br />

included are: EKTACHROME, black-and-white, skip-bleach processing,<br />

and reversal cross-processing.<br />

5299 Rated Exposure Index—Select either 500 or 320 speed. The<br />

choice you make here should match how the 5299/7299 film will be shot<br />

on set.<br />

5299 Exposure Compensation—Use this feature to automatically<br />

correct for misexposure on the set under known conditions or for<br />

accidental misexposure.<br />

5299 Daylight Compensation—Disable this option if the image was<br />

captured under tungsten illumination. Enable this option if the image<br />

was captured under daylight or HMI lighting (any light source with a<br />

color temperature of around 5500K) and no color correcting filtration<br />

(such as WRATTEN Filter, No. 85) is used. When enabled, this option<br />

corrects for the blue cast that normally results for any tungsten film shot<br />

under daylight source. Because VISION2 HD film is tungsten balanced,<br />

daylight compensation is required. When shooting under tungsten<br />

illumination, VISION2 HD images should already appear neutrally<br />

balanced and compensation is not needed.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If on-camera filters are used during filming, the same filter must be used on<br />

the digital-still camera when capturing the preview image. Be sure to use<br />

the appropriate filter factor for the filter on both the film camera and the digital<br />

camera.<br />

Highlight Enhancement—Enable this option to allow the user to see all<br />

the highlight detail that might otherwise be clipped by a normal rendition.<br />

The image becomes darker and lower in contrast so that the highest<br />

highlights can be seen more easily. When this option is disabled, the<br />

image is rendered with normal preferred contrast, and the very extreme<br />

highlights may be clipped.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 175


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

NOTE<br />

When using this option with a digital, still-camera image as your source, you<br />

may not see extra highlight detail on your image because the digital camera<br />

cannot capture the extra highlight latitude that 5299/7299 can.<br />

4. Continue to adjust the options until you achieve the desired look.<br />

5. (Optional) Click the save icon in the toolbar to save as a base look.<br />

6. (Optional) If you are using the HD Standard Color Corrector template,<br />

from the Color Corrector tab you can further customize the standard look.<br />

See “Color Corrector Settings in Main <strong>View</strong>” on page 84.<br />

7. (Optional) To export a 3D LUT for use with the VISION2 HD Digital<br />

Processor, in Scene Layout, go to Tools > Export 3D LUT. See “3D<br />

LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying” on page 191.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you are not making Color Corrector adjustments, you do not need to export<br />

a LUT if you use this template.<br />

Using the HD Custom Looks Tab in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Use the HD Custom Looks tab to create a custom video look above and<br />

beyond the standard VISION2 HD System looks. You can emulate various<br />

negative film options like on-camera filters or creative lighting effects. Further<br />

customize the look by using the Color Corrector tab to add Color Corrector<br />

corrections.<br />

After you have created your customized look, you can export a 3D LUT that<br />

can be used by the VISION2 HD system.<br />

To use the HD Custom Looks tab:<br />

1. Drag and drop one of the Custom Look templates from the Look Browser<br />

tab onto the image that you want to work with.<br />

NOTE<br />

This can be done from either Scene Layout or Look Builder.<br />

2. In Look Builder, click the HD Custom Looks tab at the bottom of the<br />

window.<br />

The following options are available.<br />

176 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


3. Make the appropriate selections.<br />

Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

5299 Rated Exposure Index—Select either 500 or 320 speed. The<br />

choice you make here should match how the 5299/7299 film will be shot<br />

on set.<br />

5299 Exposure Compensation—Use this feature to automatically<br />

correct for misexposure on set under known conditions or for accidental<br />

misexposure.<br />

5299 Daylight Compensation —Turn on Daylight Compensation when<br />

no on-camera compensation is used in daylight filming. Turn off Daylight<br />

Compensation when shooting in normal tungsten lighting and if oncamera<br />

daylight compensating filters will be used (WRATTEN Filter, No.<br />

85, etc.) during daylight filming.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If on-camera filters are used during filming, the same filter must be used on<br />

the digital, still camera when capturing the preview image. Be sure to use<br />

the appropriate filter factor for the filter on both the film camera and the digital<br />

camera.<br />

Highlight Enhancement—Click and drag the slider bar to select the<br />

desired amount of highlight enhancement.<br />

Chroma Adjustment—The default Chroma Adjustment in all of the<br />

<strong>Kodak</strong> standard looks on the VISION2 HD Digital Processor is 95%. To<br />

enter a custom amount, deselect TCS Default and use the slider bar to<br />

set any value from 0% to 200%.<br />

4. Continue to adjust the options until you achieve the desired look.<br />

5. (Optional) Click the save icon in the toolbar to save this look as a base<br />

look.<br />

6. (Optional) If you are using the HD Custom Looks template, use the Color<br />

Corrector tab to further customize the custom look. See “Color Corrector<br />

Settings in Main <strong>View</strong>” on page 84.<br />

7. (Optional) To export a 3D LUT for use with the VISION2 HD Digital<br />

Processor, in Scene Layout go to Tools > Export 3D LUT. See “3D<br />

LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying” on page 191.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 177


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

Creating VISION2 HD System Recipes in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

The <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> contains templates for recipes designed specifically for<br />

use with the VISION2 HD System. All recipes for the VISION2 HD System<br />

Edition should be based on these templates.<br />

Advanced users can modify these templates using the Look Manager System<br />

tool nodes. See “Tool Nodes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 163.<br />

There are two methods to insert a template:<br />

At startup, when the Template Selection window opens, click the<br />

appropriate template and click OK. The template appears in the workspace.<br />

From within the application go to File > Templates > Insert Template.<br />

Click the desired template. The template appears in the workspace.<br />

Choose one of the following templates:<br />

KODAK VISION2 HD System Standard Looks: Use this template to view<br />

one of the standard video looks available in the VISION2 HD Digital<br />

Processor.<br />

NOTE<br />

With this template you can create the same looks that are in the KODAK<br />

VISION2 HD Digital Processor. You do not need to export a LUT if you use<br />

this template.<br />

KODAK VISION2 HD System Standard Looks + Color Corrector: Use<br />

this template to add Color Corrector corrections to one of the standard<br />

looks.<br />

Negative + KODAK VISION2 HD System Custom Looks: Use this<br />

template to create a basic custom look.<br />

178 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

Negative + KODAK VISION2 HD System Custom Looks + Color<br />

Corrector: Use this template to add Color Corrector corrections to a basic<br />

custom look.<br />

Using the HD Standard Looks Node in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Use the HD Standard Looks node to view one of the standard looks available<br />

in the VISION2 HD Digital Processor.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Do not use the Negative node in an HD Standard Looks recipe.<br />

To use the HD Standard Looks node in a recipe:<br />

1. Insert one of the standard look templates into the workspace—KODAK<br />

VISION2 HD System Standard Looks or KODAK VISION2 HD System<br />

Standard Looks + Color Corrector.<br />

2. Double-click the Input Roll/Image node.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 179


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

3. Click Select on the Image Controller tab.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

4. Double-click the correct image folder.<br />

All the images in the folder that are compatible with the VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition are displayed in the upper display area.<br />

180 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

5. Move the images that you want to work with into the lower display area by<br />

one of these methods:<br />

Double-click the image.<br />

Click and drag the image to the lower area.<br />

Click Select All and drag to the lower area.<br />

NOTE<br />

The images that you place in the lower display area are the images that are<br />

available to the recipe you are creating. But the look you create in the recipe<br />

is only displayed on the last selected image. Selected images have a blue<br />

outline.<br />

6. Click the Source Type tab.<br />

The options that appear depend on the type of image you input.<br />

7. Click the appropriate standard looks option based on how you plan to<br />

shoot the 5299/7299 film on set.<br />

If you are using an image from a digital-still camera, you can choose from<br />

an EI of 100, 320, or 500. When using a VID image, there is only one<br />

standard option.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If you do not select one of the standard options, you will receive an error<br />

message when you render the look from the recipe.<br />

8. Close the option window.<br />

NOTE<br />

It is not necessary to make any selections on the Scanning Media tab when<br />

using the HD Standard Looks node. The tab is blank. Do not adjust timing<br />

from the Scanning Media tab.<br />

9. Double-click the HD Standard Looks node.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

10. Make the appropriate selections.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 181


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

Camera Film Stock—Select the type of film stock that you want to<br />

emulate.<br />

Alternate—Alternate Looks are outside of the typical color negative film<br />

choices offered for television post-production. Some of the looks<br />

included are: EKTACHROME, black-and-white, skip-bleach processing,<br />

and reversal cross-processing.<br />

5299 Rated Exposure Index—Select either 500 or 320 speed. The<br />

choice you make here should match how the 5299/7299 film will be shot<br />

on set.<br />

5299 Exposure Compensation—Use this feature to automatically<br />

correct for misexposure on the set under known conditions or for<br />

accidental misexposure.<br />

5299 Daylight Compensation—Disable this option if the image was<br />

captured under tungsten illumination. Enable this option if the image<br />

was captured under daylight or HMI lighting (any light source with a<br />

color temperature of around 5500K.) When enabled, this option corrects<br />

for the blue cast that normally results for any tungsten film shot under<br />

daylight source. Because VISION2 HD Film is tungsten balanced,<br />

daylight compensation is required. When shooting under tungsten<br />

illumination, VISION2 HD images should already appear neutrally<br />

balanced and compensation is not needed.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If on-camera filters are used during filming, the same filter must be used on<br />

the digital-still camera when capturing the preview image. Be sure to use<br />

the appropriate filter factor for the filter on both the film camera and the digital<br />

camera.<br />

Highlight Enhancement—Enable this option to allow the user to see all<br />

the highlight detail that might otherwise be clipped by a normal rendition.<br />

The image becomes darker and lower in contrast so that the highest<br />

highlights can be seen more easily. When this option is disabled, the<br />

image is rendered with normal preferred contrast, and the very extreme<br />

highlights may be clipped.<br />

11. Click Update.<br />

The Image<strong>View</strong>er opens and displays your image with the look applied.<br />

For information on using the Image<strong>View</strong>er, see “Using the Image<strong>View</strong>er”<br />

on page 200.<br />

If you are using the Color Corrector node to customize the standard look,<br />

continue to the next step.<br />

182 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


12. Double-click the Color Corrector node.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

13. Make any necessary adjustments. See “Color Corrector Node<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong>)” on page 161.<br />

14. Click Update on the Color Corrector node to update the image in the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

15. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

When viewing video images, always open the Image<strong>View</strong>er from one of the<br />

three nodes that support video color space—Standard Looks node,<br />

Custom Looks node, and the Color Corrector node.<br />

16. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

blue output button on the Color Corrector node to export a 3D LUT with<br />

the look you just created. See “Exporting a 3D LUT in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on<br />

page 191.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you only want to view the look in the Look Manager System, you do not<br />

need to export a LUT.<br />

17. If desired, save the recipe. See “Saving Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on<br />

page 119.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 183


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

Using the HD Custom Looks Node in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Use the HD Custom Looks node to create a custom video look above and<br />

beyond the standard VISION2 HD System looks. You can emulate various<br />

negative film options like on-camera filters or creative lighting effects. Further<br />

customize the look by using the Color Corrector node to add Color Corrector<br />

corrections.<br />

To use the HD Custom Looks node in a recipe:<br />

1. Insert one of the custom look templates into the workspace—Negative +<br />

KODAK VISION2 HD System Custom Looks or Negative + KODAK<br />

VISION2 HD System Custom Looks + Color Corrector<br />

2. Double-click the Input Roll/Image node.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

184 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


3. Click Select on the Image Controller tab.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

4. Double-click the correct image folder.<br />

All the images in the folder that are compatible with the VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition are displayed in the upper display area.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 185


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

5. Move the images that you want to work with into the lower display area by<br />

one of these methods:<br />

Double-click the image.<br />

Click and drag the image to the lower area.<br />

Click Select All and drag to the lower area.<br />

NOTE<br />

The images that you place in the lower display area are the images that are<br />

available to the recipe you are creating. But the look you create in the recipe<br />

is only displayed on the last selected image. Selected images have a blue<br />

outline.<br />

6. Click the Source Type tab.<br />

The options that appear depend on the type of image you input.<br />

7. Click the custom source type that contains the correct speed (100, 320, or<br />

500) and the correct scene lighting (tungsten or daylight).<br />

NOTE<br />

Unlike Standard Looks recipes, Custom Looks recipes require that you<br />

select the film speed rating and color balance. Be sure to use only designated<br />

Custom Looks source types in the Input Image Source Type tab.<br />

The choice that you make here should be based on what speed the 5299/<br />

7299 film will be rated on set and whether daylight compensation is<br />

needed. Choosing D turns on the digital daylight compensation. For<br />

normal tungsten lighting, selecting T produces properly balanced images.<br />

If on-camera daylight compensating filters will be used (WRATTEN 85,<br />

etc.) during daylight filming, select T because daylight compensation is not<br />

needed.<br />

Only select D when no on-camera compensation is used in daylight<br />

filming.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If on-camera lens filters are used during filming, the same filter must be used<br />

on the digital-still camera when capturing the preview image. Be sure to use<br />

the appropriate filter factor for the filter on both the film camera and the digital<br />

camera.<br />

186 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

8. Click the Scanning Media tab to verify that the correct lighting source was<br />

selected.<br />

NOTE<br />

The selection is automatically made on the Scanning Media tab based on<br />

the selection you made on the Source Type tab.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Do not adjust the Input Timing on the Scanning Media tab.<br />

9. Close the option window.<br />

10. Double-click the Negative node.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

11. Make your choices for film, processing and exposure. For more<br />

information, see “Negative Node (<strong>Flowgraph</strong>)” on page 137.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 187


Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

12. Double-click the HD Custom Looks node.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

13. Make the appropriate selections.<br />

5299 Exposure Compensation—Use this feature to automatically<br />

correct for misexposure on set under known conditions or for accidental<br />

misexposure.<br />

Highlight Enhancement—Click and drag the slider bar to select the<br />

desired amount of highlight enhancement.<br />

Chroma Adjustment—The default Chroma Adjustment in all of the<br />

<strong>Kodak</strong> standard looks on the VISION2 HD Digital Processor is 95%. To<br />

enter a custom amount, deselect TCS Default and use the slider bar to<br />

set any value from 0% to 200%.<br />

14. Click Update.<br />

The Image<strong>View</strong>er opens and displays your image with the look applied.<br />

For information on using the Image<strong>View</strong>er, see “Using the Image<strong>View</strong>er”<br />

on page 200.<br />

15. To export a 3D LUT with the look created at this point, right-click<br />

(WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the blue output<br />

button on the Custom Look node. See “Exporting a 3D LUT in <strong>Flowgraph</strong><br />

<strong>View</strong>” on page 191.<br />

If you are using the Color Corrector node to further customize the custom<br />

look, continue to the next step.<br />

16. Double-click the Color Corrector node.<br />

188 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


The following window opens.<br />

Using the VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

17. Make any necessary adjustments. See “Color Corrector Node<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong>)” on page 161.<br />

18. Click Update to update the image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

When viewing video images, always open the Image<strong>View</strong>er from one of the<br />

three nodes that support video color space—Standard Looks node,<br />

Custom Looks node, and the Color Corrector node.<br />

19. Continue to adjust node options and update the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you<br />

achieve the desired look.<br />

20. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

blue output button on the Color Corrector node to export a 3D LUT with<br />

the look you just created. See “Exporting a 3D LUT in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on<br />

page 191.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you only want to view the look in the Look Manager System, you do not<br />

need to export a LUT.<br />

21. If desired, save the recipe. See “Saving Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on<br />

page 119.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 189


3D LUTS—EXPORTING,<br />

I MPORTING, AND APPLYING<br />

The Look Manager System allows you to import 3D LUTs for use in Look<br />

Manager System and to export and apply 3D LUTs from the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

and the Main <strong>View</strong>.<br />

These LUTS can be imported and used by other imaging systems to maintain<br />

a consistent look.<br />

Production Edition—export 3D LUTs for use with DPX images only.<br />

VISION2 HD Edition—export 3D LUTs for use with VID images, or with the<br />

VISION2 HD Digital Processor.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If visually comparing images created in the Look Manager System to 3D LUTs<br />

applied in the VISION2 HD Processor, make sure that your display has been<br />

properly calibrated and characterized with the KODAK Display Manager System.<br />

See “Calibrating Your Monitor” on page 227. Post-houses should consult a<br />

<strong>Kodak</strong> representative about system calibration before attempting to use<br />

3D LUTs on systems other than the VISION2 HD Processor.<br />

Exporting a 3D LUT in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To export a 3D LUT:<br />

1. Create your recipe.<br />

2. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

blue output button.<br />

Production Edition—click from any node.<br />

VISION2 HD Edition—click from the Standard Looks, Custom Look, or<br />

Telecine nodes only.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Click Export 3DLut.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 191


3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying<br />

The following window opens.<br />

NOTE<br />

Production Edition—save 3D LUTs as 3DL, 3DE, LUT, CMS, or MGA files.<br />

VISION2 HD Edition—save 3D LUTs as XML files.<br />

4. Browse to the appropriate directory from the Look in drop-down menu.<br />

5. Type the file name in the File name field.<br />

6. Click Save.<br />

NOTE<br />

VISION2 HD Edition—Refer to the VISION2 HD Digital Processor User Guide<br />

for information on how to import the LUT into the digital processor.<br />

192 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Exporting a 3D LUT in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying<br />

In the Main <strong>View</strong> Production Edition, you can export 3D LUTs as follows:<br />

3DL format for use with other hardware or software systems<br />

3DE format for use with KOD AK Telecine Calibration System<br />

LUT format for use with DISCREET LUSTRE Color Grading System<br />

MGA format for use with PANDO RA MEGAMOORE DEF Color System<br />

CMS format for use with NUCODA Color System<br />

In the Main <strong>View</strong> VISION2 HD Edition, you can export 3D LUTs only in XML<br />

format for use with the VISION2 HD Processor and scans of only VISION2 HD<br />

Film.<br />

To export a 3D LUT:<br />

1. In Scene Layout, go to Tools > Export 3D LUT.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. (Production Edition only) From the File Type drop-down menu, select a<br />

file type.<br />

3. From the Export Type drop-down menu, select Selected Images or All<br />

Images.<br />

4. (3DL format only) From the Input Bits Depth drop-down menu, select<br />

either 8, 10, 12, or 16 for the bit depth of image data into the LUT.<br />

5. (3DL format only) From the Output Bits Depth drop-down menu, select<br />

either 10, 12, or 16 for the bit depth of image data out of the LUT.<br />

6. Click Export.<br />

The Exported LUT is saved in the exported3dLut folder in the project<br />

main folder.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 193


3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying<br />

Applying a 3D LUT in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

If you receive a 3D LUT from another Look Manager System user, you can<br />

apply that look by using the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> chain.<br />

1. Place the Input Roll node in the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> view and select an image.<br />

For Production Edition, use a DPX image. For VISION2 HD Edition, use a<br />

VID image or digital still camera RAW file.<br />

2. Connect the Apply 3DLut node into your recipe, and double-click it to<br />

open its options window.<br />

3D LUTs exported by Look Manager System can be selected in the Apply<br />

3DLut node as follows:<br />

Production Edition—LUTs from outside sources in the 3DL format are<br />

acceptable. Make sure the 3D LUTs you use are in the DPX color space.<br />

VISION2 HD Edition—LUTs from outside sources in the 3DL format are<br />

acceptable. Make sure the 3D LUTs you use are in the VIDEO709 color<br />

space. However, under the following conditions, you can apply a 3D LUT<br />

node with DPX color space:<br />

- 3D LUT shall not be the last node of the chain<br />

- can be inserted after a Negative node<br />

- can be inserted after a Color Corrector node<br />

See “Apply 3DLut Node” on page 170 for further information on applying<br />

the 3D LUT.<br />

Applying a 3D LUT in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

1. In <strong>Flowgraph</strong> view, build the chain as described above in “Applying a 3D<br />

LUT in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>”.<br />

2. Save the recipe (.lms) file. See “Saving Recipes in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on<br />

page 119.<br />

3. Go to Main view and import the look. See “Importing Looks” on page 76.<br />

4. Assign the imported look to your images.<br />

194 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


3DL File Format—Overview<br />

3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying<br />

3DL files that are exported by Look Manager System have tags that are used<br />

to define the Input and Output colorspaces of the exported 3D LUT. The tags<br />

are INPUT CS and OUTPUT CS.<br />

By default, the entries are DPX for the Production Edition. For the XML 3D<br />

LUT files exported from the VISION2 HD Edition, the colorspaces are locked<br />

to VIDEO709 for use with the VISION2 HD Digital Processor.<br />

When importing 3D LUT files, the Apply 3DLut node uses these entries to<br />

determine if colorspace conversion is required when applying the specific 3DL<br />

file.<br />

For example, you might apply a video colorspace 3D LUT in the VISION2 HD<br />

Edition by including VIDEO709 for INPUT CS and OUTPUT CS. If INPUT CS<br />

and OUTPUT CS are not defined in the header, Apply 3DLut node assumes<br />

that both the Input and Output colorspaces are DPX in the Production and<br />

VISION2 HD Editions.<br />

However, other colorspaces are also available. Consult with your <strong>Kodak</strong><br />

representative for more detail or for information on more advanced operation.<br />

Header Information—3DL File Format<br />

# Eastman <strong>Kodak</strong>, Entertainment Imaging (C) 1999-2007<br />

#<br />

# IDENTIFICATION: <strong>Kodak</strong> Look Manager - 3DLUT<br />

# CREATOR: <strong>Kodak</strong> Look Manager V2.2<br />

# USER: Your Name Here<br />

# DATA: 2007-02-05T14:30:44<br />

#<br />

# NUMBER OF COLUMNS: 3<br />

# NUMBER OF ROWS: 4913<br />

# NUMBER OF NODES: 17<br />

# INPUT RANGE: 10<br />

# OUTPUT RANGE: 10<br />

# INPUT CS: DPX<br />

# OUTPUT CS: DPX<br />

#<br />

# TITLE : NegTelecine_Tungsten_2634.lms<br />

# DESCRIPTION :<br />

# ******NEGATIVE_NODE parameter******<br />

# Film:5218 Vision2 500T<br />

# EI:500<br />

# Skip Bleach:57%<br />

# ******COLOR_CORRECTOR_NODE parameter******<br />

# Lift:0 , 0 , 50<br />

# Gamma:-0.04 , -0.06 , 50<br />

# Gain:-0.27 , -0.06 , 50<br />

# Saturation:73%<br />

# Intensity:10<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 195


3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying<br />

0 64 128 192 256 320 384 448 512 576 640 704 768 832 896 960 1023<br />

28 0 0<br />

28 0 0<br />

28 0 0<br />

28 0 0<br />

34 0 0<br />

41 0 20<br />

46 0 68<br />

52 0 137<br />

56 0 209<br />

62 0 286<br />

69 1 361<br />

75 3 442<br />

81 8 532<br />

88 17 628<br />

92 21 691<br />

96 26 736<br />

99 29 759<br />

28 0 0<br />

28 0 0<br />

28 0 0<br />

28 0 0<br />

34 0 0<br />

41 0 20<br />

46 0 68<br />

52 0 137<br />

56 0 209<br />

62 0 286<br />

69 1 361<br />

75 3 442<br />

81 8 532<br />

88 17 628<br />

92 21 691<br />

96 26 736<br />

99 29 759<br />

28 0 0<br />

28 0 0<br />

etc.<br />

3D LUT—Overview<br />

3D LUT—Advantages and Disadvantages<br />

Advantages—speed, portability, and encapsulation.<br />

Hardware can apply a 3D LUT in real-time.<br />

3D LUTs are platform-independent (format and definition layout).<br />

End-to-end math is encapsulated in a 3D LUT.<br />

The Look up operation (precalculat ed table) is faster than actual<br />

calculation for each pixel. RGB =>RGB’.<br />

Format description<br />

The node list describes the input space: bit depth and definition (number<br />

of nodes)<br />

The body represents the resulting mapped values (R,G,B).<br />

196 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying<br />

There are node^3 possibilities/combi nations; there are (node^3) lines of<br />

RGB values in the body of the file.<br />

Interpolations for inter-node values may introduce some inaccuracy.<br />

Large number of nodes—as the number of nodes increases:<br />

Definition and accuracy are higher<br />

More memory is required<br />

Less hardware compatibility<br />

3D LUT —Description<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 197


3D LUTs—Exporting, Importing, and Applying<br />

3D LUT—Description, continued<br />

(64, 192, 640)<br />

(64, 192, 576)<br />

(64, 128, 640)<br />

(64, 128, 576)<br />

If an explicit look up table is not available for a pixel’s RGB values,<br />

interpolation is required to calculate the output R’G’B’ values.<br />

In the example shown, there is no look up table entry for RGB = 100, 150, 600.<br />

However, RGB is bounded by a small cube with 8 corners that do have look<br />

up table entries available. Using the output values at these 8 positions, R’G’B’<br />

output values can be calculated via interpolation.<br />

(128, 192, 640)<br />

(128, 192, 576)<br />

(128, 128, 640)<br />

(128, 128, 576)<br />

(RB = 100, 150, 600)<br />

(value 8)<br />

(value 4)<br />

(value 7)<br />

(value 3)<br />

(value 5) (value 6)<br />

(value 1) (value 2)<br />

(R’G’B’ = ?, ?, ?)<br />

Look up available for the 8 corners: values 1-8<br />

R’G’B is then calculated based on its spatial position within the cube defined by<br />

the known 8 corners. This calculation is achieved by interpolation. There are<br />

different interpolation methods. Look Manager System/Display Manager use<br />

tetrahedral interpolation.<br />

3D LUT Line counting : line# = indexB + indexG*17 + indexR*17*17 + 1<br />

(values1)->line# in .3DL = 9 + 2*17 + 1*17*17 + 1 = 25<br />

(values2)->line# in .3DL = 9 + 2*17 + 2*17*17 + 1 = 34<br />

(values3)->line# in .3DL = 9 + 3*17 + 2*17*17 + 1 = 37<br />

(values4)->line# in .3DL = 9 + 3*17 + 1*17*17 + 1 = 28<br />

(values5)->line# in .3DL = 10 + 2*17 + 1*17*17 + 1 = 26<br />

(values6)->line# in .3DL = 10 + 2*17 + 2*17*17 + 1 =35<br />

(values7)->line# in .3DL = 10 + 3*17 + 2*17*17 + 1 = 38<br />

(values8)->line# in .3DL = 10 + 3*17 + 1*17*17 + 1 = 29<br />

198 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


V IEWING YOUR RESULTS IN<br />

F LOWGRAPH VIEW<br />

The <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> offers two methods for viewing your results as you create<br />

your look.<br />

The Quick Preview window displays a low-resolution image that<br />

automatically updates as you make changes to the node options. See<br />

“Using Quick Preview” on page 199.<br />

The Image<strong>View</strong>er displays a high-resolution image that you can print and<br />

save. To view results, you must manually update the Image<strong>View</strong>er after you<br />

make changes to the node options. In addition to viewing the adjusted<br />

image, you can also view a histogram of the image or the out-of-gamut<br />

colors for an image. See “Using the Image<strong>View</strong>er” on page 200.<br />

Open multiple Quick Preview windows and Image<strong>View</strong>ers to compare looks.<br />

Using Quick Preview<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Quick Preview should only be used for getting a general idea of how the image<br />

looks. For an accurate view of the image, you must use the Image<strong>View</strong>er. See<br />

“Using the Image<strong>View</strong>er” on page 200.<br />

Quick Preview displays a thumbnail image that updates automatically as you<br />

make changes to the node options or previous nodes. If you open a Quick<br />

Preview window for every node in your recipe, you can immediately see how<br />

changes to one node impact the image throughout the entire recipe.<br />

To open or close a Quick Preview window:<br />

Click Quick Preview on a node options window.<br />

The Quick Preview window title bar contains the name of the node that<br />

generated the quick preview.<br />

Click and drag the title bar of the<br />

Quick Preview window to position the<br />

window near the associated node.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 199


<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Using the Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

In the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, you can open an Image<strong>View</strong>er from any node by<br />

double-clicking the blue output button or by clicking Update on the node<br />

options window. The Image<strong>View</strong>er displays the image as it appears at a<br />

certain point in the recipe.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If you are using the VISION2 HD System Edition, only open an Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

from one of the following nodes—HD Standard Looks node, HD Custom<br />

Looks node, and Color Corrector node. These are the only nodes that support<br />

video color space. Opening an Image<strong>View</strong>er from any other node may lead to<br />

an error.<br />

If you open more than one Image<strong>View</strong>er, you can compare images by<br />

assigning one of the four Image<strong>View</strong>ers to different nodes.<br />

An image stays in the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you do one of the following:<br />

Close the Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

Close the Look Manager System<br />

Replace the image by double-clicking the blue output button of a different<br />

node assigned to that viewer<br />

Clear the Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

The Image<strong>View</strong>er does not automatically update the image as you make<br />

changes to the node options. To view the new image adjustments, doubleclick<br />

the blue output button of a node or click Update on the node options<br />

window.<br />

Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er to display a list of Image<strong>View</strong>er options. See “Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

Options” on page 202.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the Image<strong>View</strong>er does not open, it may already be opened but might be<br />

minimized at the bottom of your screen. Click the minimized Image<strong>View</strong>er to<br />

restore it.<br />

If the message “Unable to load current image” appears, you need to input an<br />

image into the recipe. See “Inputting an Image” on page 128.<br />

200 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Assigning an Image<strong>View</strong>er to a Node<br />

<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

The default Image<strong>View</strong>er for all nodes is Image<strong>View</strong>er 1. If you want to<br />

compare images from different nodes or different recipes, you must assign<br />

different Image<strong>View</strong>ers to the nodes.<br />

To assign an Image<strong>View</strong>er to a node:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

blue output button of the node and move your cursor to Display to.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. Click the Image<strong>View</strong>er that you want to assign to the node.<br />

RGB Values<br />

The selected Image<strong>View</strong>er opens and displays the image as it appears at<br />

that point in the recipe.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Be sure you are viewing the correct Image<strong>View</strong>er by comparing the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er number to the number over the node in the workspace.<br />

At the bottom of the Image<strong>View</strong>er, you can view color values as you move<br />

your cursor around the image.<br />

(X;Y)—These are the relative coordinates for the cursor position in the resized<br />

image.<br />

NOTE<br />

The image being viewed might have been resized by the import scale factor<br />

(see “Scaling Images” on page 130).<br />

The original size of the selected image is displayed in the Image Controller<br />

tab of the Input Roll node (see page 129). For most image types, the scale of<br />

the resized image is original_size * scale factor / 100. However, if the original<br />

image is from a digital still camera, the scale of the resized image is<br />

original_size * scale factor / 200.<br />

RGB—These are the red, green and blue values as measured before the<br />

monitor characterization profile is applied to the image.<br />

rgb—These are the red, green and blue values as measured after the monitor<br />

characterization profile is applied to the image and the color is converted to<br />

display color space.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 201


<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Average Radius—This is the average radius in pixels used to calculate the<br />

RGB and rgb values. Highlight the current value and type a new value, if<br />

necessary.<br />

Reproduction Warnings<br />

A reproduction warning may appear on the Image<strong>View</strong>er if one or more of the<br />

following conditions is present:<br />

r-emul (Relative emulation): The image is a .tif file type or an unknown<br />

source type. This image may not be truly representative of real-world<br />

processes.<br />

moncal (User monitor calibration): The current monitor is not calibrated.<br />

Use the Display Manager System to calibrate your monitor. You may then<br />

need to make corrections to your look.<br />

c-moncal (Creator monitor calibration): The recipe creator did not use a<br />

calibrated monitor. The look may not be accurate. Verify the look with the<br />

recipe creator.<br />

filmdata: The recipe creator modified the data file; the recipe user may not<br />

have the same data on the current computer.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

You should correct these warnings before you print the image or save the final<br />

recipe.<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er Options<br />

With an image displayed in the Image<strong>View</strong>er, right-click (WINDOWS OS) or<br />

Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the Image<strong>View</strong>er to display the viewer<br />

options.<br />

202 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Clear—Removes the image but leaves the Image<strong>View</strong>er open.<br />

Scale To Fit—If selected, the image always fills the display when you resize<br />

the Image<strong>View</strong>er window.<br />

Keep Aspect Ratio—If selected, the image always maintains its original<br />

aspect ratio when you resize the Image<strong>View</strong>er window.<br />

NOTE<br />

“Scale to Fit” and “Keep Aspect Ratio” only affect how the image is viewed. They<br />

do not affect the actual image resolution. You can also adjust the scale factor<br />

on the Input Roll/Image node (See “Using the Image Controller Tab in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 128).<br />

Background Color—Opens a window where you can change the background<br />

color for that particular Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

Show Histogram—Displays a histogram for the image. See “<strong>View</strong>ing the<br />

Histogram” on page 204.<br />

Use Thermal Printer—Sets the correct color profile for printing to one of the<br />

supported KODAK Printers.<br />

Adjust Printer Offsets—Allows you to enter offsets that are specific to your<br />

printer. See “Determining Your Printer Offsets” on page 224.<br />

Print Image—Opens a print options window from which you can print a still<br />

image. See “How to Print a Still Image from the Main <strong>View</strong>” on page 218.<br />

Full Screen—Displays the image to fill the screen. To return to your desktop<br />

from full-screen mode, right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click<br />

(MACINTOSH OS) and deselect Full Screen. We recommend that you view<br />

your image in full screen mode before you finalize your recipe.<br />

Printing Media—Allows you to select the printed film stock to emulate<br />

printing.<br />

Out of Gamut—Changes the Image<strong>View</strong>er display so that only the colors<br />

displayed are those that are out of gamut. This means colors that your current<br />

display cannot properly render will look slightly different on film. The rest of the<br />

image is neutral.<br />

Save Image—Opens a Save As window for saving the image as it appears at<br />

that point in the recipe.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 203


<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

<strong>View</strong>ing the Histogram<br />

When comparing images, you may also want to compare their histograms to<br />

see how the highlights, midtones and shadows are distributed.<br />

To display the histogram:<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er to display a list of options.<br />

2. From the pop-up menu, select Show Histogram.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Move the sliders to expand or compress the axis.<br />

4. Select color channels from the Channels drop-down menu to view<br />

individual color channels.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you leave the histogram window open as you change node options, the<br />

histogram updates whenever you update the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

204 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Selecting Different Images in a Recipe<br />

<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

A recipe applies image adjustments to the currently selected image. After you<br />

have corrected one image from a scene, you may want to verify how this look<br />

works with each camera angle in the scene.<br />

Use the Image Controller tab in the Input Roll/Image node to select different<br />

images.<br />

To select different images in a recipe:<br />

1. Double-click the Input Roll/Image node.<br />

2. Click the Image Controller tab.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. If necessary, click and drag an image from the Folder Images display<br />

area to the lower display area.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 205


<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

4. Click the desired image in the lower display area. The highlighted image<br />

has a blue border.<br />

This is now the image that appears in the recipe.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you have more than one Image Controller tab open, you can drag images<br />

from one to the other.<br />

5. To display the new image in the Image<strong>View</strong>er, double-click the blue output<br />

button on the node from which you want to view the image. Or, click<br />

Update in a node options window.<br />

Comparing Looks<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

When comparing looks, it is best to use the full screen view.<br />

In <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, you compare looks by opening more than one<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er. You can:<br />

Compare different looks on the same image<br />

Compare the same look on different images<br />

To compare different looks on the same image:<br />

1. Create a recipe or open an existing recipe.<br />

2. Add two identical nodes to use for the comparison.<br />

For example, you may want to compare images with two different print<br />

settings. Connect a second print node.<br />

3. Double-click the blue output button of the first node.<br />

The image is displayed in the Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

4. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

blue output button on the second node, and assign the second<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er to the node.<br />

5. Double-click the second print node, and make your alternate settings in<br />

the options window.<br />

206 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


6. Click Update.<br />

<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

The second Image<strong>View</strong>er displays the updated image.<br />

7. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in<br />

each Image<strong>View</strong>er and select Full Screen. Press Alt + [the image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

number] to toggle between the two different Image<strong>View</strong>ers.<br />

To compare the same look on different images:<br />

1. Create your look in a recipe.<br />

2. Click and drag to select the entire recipe.<br />

3. Click Ctrl + C (WINDOWS OS) or Command + C (MACINTOSH OS) to<br />

copy the recipe and all its settings.<br />

4. Click Ctrl + V (WINDOWS OS) or Command + V (MACINTOSH OS) to<br />

paste a copy of the recipe onto the workspace.<br />

5. Double-click the Input Roll/Image node in the second recipe.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 207


<strong>View</strong>ing Your Results in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

6. Click the desired image in the lower display area. If necessary, click and<br />

drag an image from the upper display area to the lower display area.<br />

NOTE<br />

If you have more than one Input Roll/Image node open, you can drag<br />

images from one Image Controller tab to another.<br />

The highlighted image is the image that appears in the recipe.<br />

7. Close the Input Roll/Image options window.<br />

8. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

blue output button of the desired node in the second recipe, and assign a<br />

different Image<strong>View</strong>er to the node.<br />

The image appears in the assigned viewer.<br />

9. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in<br />

each Image<strong>View</strong>er and select Full Screen. Press Alt + [the number of<br />

the Image<strong>View</strong>er] to toggle between the two different Image<strong>View</strong>ers.<br />

208 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


D IGITAL STILL CAMERAS<br />

Using a digital still camera to capture images can help you while location<br />

scouting, on set during production, and even in post-production. Your<br />

digital-still images allow you to experiment with various film stocks, filters,<br />

exposure ratings, and photochemical and digital processes.<br />

Also, if you are using a KODAK VISION2 HD System Edition, you can use a<br />

digital, still-camera image to preview the standard looks available with the<br />

VISION2 HD Film.<br />

The following digital-still cameras are calibrated for use with the KODAK Look<br />

Manager System:<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE P850 CANON EOS 20D<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE P880 CANON EOS 30D<br />

CANON EOS Digital Rebel* CANON EOS 1D Mark II<br />

CANON EOS 350D<br />

(Digital Rebel XT)<br />

CANON EOS 400D<br />

(Digital Rebel XTi)<br />

CANON EOS 1DS Mark I<br />

CANON EOS 1DS Mark II<br />

NIKON D1X<br />

CANON EOS 5D<br />

CANON EOS 10D *<br />

NIKON D2H<br />

* These models have been discontinued by the manufacturer but are still<br />

compatible with the Look Manager System.<br />

For a current list of profiled cameras, go to www.kodak.com/go/lm.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

You can import images from other digital-still cameras. However, only the<br />

cameras listed above are profiled and approved for use with the Look Manager<br />

System. Images from other cameras can be opened in the Look Manager<br />

System but may not produce a true emulation.<br />

Working with Digital Still Images<br />

NIKON D2X<br />

NIKON D50<br />

NIKON D70<br />

NIKON D70s<br />

NIKON D80<br />

NIKON D100 *<br />

NIKON D200<br />

Before capturing digital-still images, you must properly set up your camera.<br />

Set the exposure settings on the digital-still camera to match the motion<br />

picture camera as closely as possible. Digital-still cameras can be set to either<br />

1/2 or 1/3 stop increments of exposure. We recommend the 1/3 stop<br />

increment to optimize the image capture.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 209


Digital Still Cameras<br />

If the image highlights begin to lose detail, underexpose the images by up to<br />

one stop. You must then compensate for the underexposure in the Look<br />

Manager System.<br />

Setting Up the KODAK EASYSHARE Cameras<br />

Refer to your camera owner’s manual when making the following settings:<br />

Capture Mode—Manual<br />

Capture format—RAW<br />

Flash—Disable<br />

Disabling the flash allows you to capture images in their normal lighting<br />

(daylight or artificial), similar to a film camera.<br />

ISO—Set the ISO to be similar to the EI rating of the film stock that will be<br />

used in the motion picture camera.<br />

For example, if the DP is shooting 5218 500T, 180-degree shutter, t/2.8, set<br />

the digital still camera to ISO 400, 1/40 second, and f/2.8 aperture.<br />

If the DP is shooting 5218 500 T but wants to rate it at 320, expose as in the<br />

previous example. But in the Look Manager System, use the Negative<br />

options to compensate for exposing at 320.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Always use the lowest ISO/ASA possible. Make adjustments with the shutter<br />

speed and/or the lens aperture continuing to allow the same amount of light<br />

into both the motion picture camera and the digital still camera.<br />

For exact exposure matching refer to the following table.<br />

MP Film Stock rating<br />

(MP camera at 1/48" -<br />

180 o shutter)<br />

KODAK<br />

Digital Still<br />

Camera ISO<br />

KODAK Digital<br />

Still Camera<br />

Shutter Speed<br />

50 50 1/50 second<br />

100 100 1/50 second<br />

200 200 1/50 second<br />

250 200 1/40 second<br />

320 400 1/60 second<br />

500 400 1/40 second<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Do not exceed an ISO of 800. The sensor of a digital-still camera uses<br />

mathematical formulas to compensate for higher sensitivity, which can<br />

produce artifacts and noise when using an ISO above 800.<br />

210 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Setting Up the CANON Cameras<br />

Digital Still Cameras<br />

Refer to your camera owner’s manual to make these settings:<br />

Capture mode—Set to one of the following:<br />

Manual—Use when matching the exposure to the motion picture camera.<br />

Using other settings in this situation could lead to inconsistent results that<br />

would differ from that of the motion picture camera.<br />

AV, TV, P or A-DEP—Use to quickly get a properly exposed reference<br />

image such as when on a location scout.<br />

Capture format—Set the capture format to RAW to save the images as<br />

.crw files for the REBEL and 10D models or .cr2 files for other models.<br />

Flash—Disable<br />

Disabling the flash allows you to capture images in their normal lighting<br />

(daylight or artificial), similar to a film camera. While in the Manual capture<br />

mode, the flash of the CANON Digital Still Cameras is automatically turned<br />

off. However, you must turn off the flash when in the AV, TV, P or A-DEP<br />

capture modes.<br />

ISO—Set the ISO to be similar to the EI rating of the film stock that will be<br />

used in the motion picture camera.<br />

For example, if the DP is shooting 5218 500T, 180-degree shutter, t/2.8, set<br />

the digital still camera to ISO 400, 1/40 second, and f/2.8 aperture.<br />

If the DP is shooting 5218 500 T but wants to rate it at 320, expose as in the<br />

previous example. But in the Look Manager System, use the Negative<br />

options to compensate for exposing at 320.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Always use the lowest ISO/ASA possible. Make adjustments with the shutter<br />

speed and/or the lens aperture continuing to allow the same amount of light<br />

into both the motion picture camera and the digital still camera.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 211


Digital Still Cameras<br />

For exact exposure matching refer to the following table.<br />

MP Film Stock rating<br />

(MP camera at 1/48" -<br />

180 o shutter)<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Do not exceed an ISO of 800. The sensor of a digital-still camera uses<br />

mathematical formulas to compensate for higher sensitivity, which can<br />

produce artifacts and noise when using an ISO above 800.<br />

Setting Up the NIKON Cameras<br />

CANON<br />

Digital Still<br />

Camera ISO<br />

CANON Digital<br />

Still Camera<br />

Shutter Speed<br />

50 100 1/100 second<br />

100 100 1/50 second<br />

200 200 1/50 second<br />

250 200 1/40 second<br />

320 400 1/60 second<br />

500 400 1/40 second<br />

Refer to your camera owner’s manual when making the following settings.<br />

Capture Mode—Set to one of the following:<br />

M (Manual)—Use when matching the exposure to the motion picture<br />

camera. Using other settings in this situation could lead to inconsistent<br />

results that would differ from that of the motion picture camera.<br />

A (Aperture), S (Shutter), or P (Program)—Use to quickly get a properly<br />

exposed reference image such as when on a location scout.<br />

Flash—Disable<br />

Disabling the flash allows you to capture images in their normal lighting<br />

(daylight or artificial), similar to a film camera. While in the Manual capture<br />

mode, the flash of the NIKON Digital Still Cameras is automatically turned<br />

off. However, you must turn off the flash when in the A, S, or P capture<br />

modes.<br />

Optimize Image—Normal<br />

Image Quality—Set to Raw NEF<br />

White Balance—Set to any setting. This information is discarded when the<br />

raw image is imported into the Look Manager System.<br />

212 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Digital Still Cameras<br />

ISO—Set the ISO to be similar to the EI rating of the film stock that will be<br />

used in the motion picture camera.<br />

For example, if the DP is shooting 5218 500T, 180-degree shutter, t/2.8, set<br />

the digital still camera to ISO 500, 1/50 second, and f/2.8 aperture.<br />

If the DP is shooting 5218 500 T but wants to rate it at 320, expose as in the<br />

previous example. But in the Look Manager System, use the Negative<br />

options to compensate for exposing at 320.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Always use the lowest ISO/ASA possible. Make adjustments with the shutter<br />

speed and/or the lens aperture continuing to allow the same amount of light<br />

into both the motion picture camera and the digital still camera.<br />

For exact exposure matching refer to the following table.<br />

MP Film Stock rating<br />

(MP camera at 1/48" -<br />

180 o shutter)<br />

NIKON Digital<br />

Still Camera<br />

ISO<br />

NIKON Digital Still<br />

Camera Shutter<br />

Speed<br />

50 200 1/200 second<br />

100 200 1/100 second<br />

200 200 1/50 second<br />

250 250 1/50 second<br />

320 320 1/50 second<br />

500 500 1/50 second<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Do not exceed an ISO of 800. The sensor of a digital-still camera uses<br />

mathematical formulas to compensate for higher sensitivity, which can<br />

produce artifacts and noise when using an ISO above 800.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 213


Digital Still Cameras<br />

Transferring Images to the Computer<br />

Loading images from the camera to the computer can be done with a PCMCIA<br />

card reader, a USB card reader (purchased separately), or by connecting the<br />

camera directly to the computer with the USB cable that comes with the<br />

camera. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions to transfer the images.<br />

Most camera card readers connect to a USB port and are ready to use as<br />

soon as they are connected.<br />

The card reader appears as a separate drive on your computer directory.<br />

Refer to your card reader installation instructions.<br />

NOTE<br />

You might find that the Look Manager System can more quickly access the<br />

images if you save them to your hard drive rather than accessing them directly<br />

from the camera card.<br />

214 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


PRINTING STILL IMAGES<br />

The Look Manager System allows you to print still images. Use the printed<br />

images to make color decisions and communicate your look to others.<br />

The recommended printers for the KODAK Look Manager System are:<br />

KODAK PROFESSIONAL 8500 Digital Photo Printer<br />

KODAK PROFESSIONAL 1400 Digital Photo Printer (Contact your<br />

customer service representative for setup instructions.)<br />

KODAK Photo Printer 6800 series<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE Printer Dock Plus<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE Printer Dock 4000<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE Printer Dock 6000<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE Printer Dock Plus Series 3<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE Printer Dock Series 3<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE Printer Dock<br />

NOTE<br />

Supported printers provide a visual reference of the desired look. The intent is<br />

to provide a calibrated look on a controlled reference printer; however, every<br />

printer and its media have variability. You have the option to manually adjust the<br />

overall balance (for the printer you use) to match what is viewed on the calibrated<br />

display.<br />

Setting up the Printers<br />

Setting Up the 8500 Printer<br />

Refer to your printer user guide for detailed instructions for setting up the<br />

printer.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Always connect the printer to the same USB port or you will get multiple<br />

instances of the printer installed on your system.<br />

From the printer driver properties window, make sure the following items are<br />

selected:<br />

Manual color management<br />

Glossy ribbon<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 215


Printing Still Images<br />

NOTE<br />

Use only glossy media with the 8500 printer.<br />

KLMS_8500 profile<br />

NOTE<br />

This profile is available to Look Manager System users only and is not<br />

mentioned in the 8500 user guide.<br />

XTRALIFE laminate<br />

Landscape orientation<br />

Normal or High sharpness<br />

Setting Up the 6800 Printer Docks<br />

Refer to your printer user guide for detailed instructions on setting up the<br />

printer.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Always connect the printer to the same USB port or you will get multiple<br />

instances of the printer installed on your system.<br />

From the printer driver properties window, make sure these options are set as<br />

follows:<br />

None for the <strong>Kodak</strong> color profile<br />

None for Color Correction<br />

Disabled for the ICM method<br />

Enabled for the Advanced Printing Features option<br />

Landscape orientation<br />

Normal or High sharpness<br />

Setting Up the EASYSHARE Printers<br />

If you do not already have a cable for your EASYSHARE Printer Dock, you<br />

can order one from <strong>Kodak</strong>. You will need a mini-USB cable, part number<br />

8539249. Go to www.kodak.com/eknec/PageQuerier.jhtml?pq-path=474&pqlocale=en<br />

US.<br />

Refer to your printer user guide for detailed directions on setting up the printer<br />

dock.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Always connect the printer dock to the same USB port or you will get multiple<br />

instances of the printer dock installed on your system.<br />

Never use the Auto-enhance button on the printer dock as this may override the<br />

correct color settings generated by the Look Manager System.<br />

216 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Installing the EASYSHARE Software<br />

Printing Still Images<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If you already have a printer dock, uninstall the old software before installing the<br />

new.<br />

When installing the software, make sure to select Install for the KODAK<br />

EASYSHARE Printer Dock option.<br />

Select Not Installed for the <strong>Kodak</strong> software updater option.<br />

Setting the EASYSHARE Options<br />

From the printer driver properties window, make sure these options are set as<br />

follows:<br />

None for the KODAK Color Profile<br />

None for Color Correction<br />

Disabled for the ICM method<br />

Enabled for the Advanced Printing Features option<br />

Landscape orientation<br />

Normal or High sharpness<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 217


Printing Still Images<br />

How to Print a Still Image from the Main <strong>View</strong><br />

The Print Wizard allows you to set printer offsets to compensate for<br />

inconsistencies in printers. You can print multiple and single images from the<br />

Scene Layout or single images from the Look Builder.<br />

To print images:<br />

1. Launch the Print Image Wizard by one of the following methods:<br />

In Look Builder, click an image to select it. Click the Print icon in the<br />

toolbar. Proceed to step 2.<br />

OR<br />

In Scene Layout:<br />

a) Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) to<br />

select the images that you want to print.<br />

b) Click Print Images from the pop-up menu.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

c) Select one of the options.<br />

− One to print the first image you selected.<br />

− Selected to print all of the images that you selected.<br />

− All to print all of the images in the scene.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

218 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Printing Still Images<br />

2. From the drop-down menu in the Print Image Wizard, select the printer<br />

that you want to use.<br />

3. Select Add Look Summary if you want to save the look information with<br />

the image.<br />

NOTE<br />

If this option is selected, the look summary is added in the annotation field<br />

and is printed in the lower-left corner of the image.<br />

4. If necessary, adjust the RGB offset values of your printer.<br />

NOTE<br />

To determine your printer offsets, see “Determining Your Printer Offsets” on<br />

page 224.<br />

5. Click OK.<br />

A window similar to the following opens.<br />

6. Click Print.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 219


Printing Still Images<br />

7. For MACINTOSH OS users only, make sure None is selected on the<br />

following window.<br />

8. For all users, select the appropriate printer.<br />

9. Set any additional printer options (number of copies, etc.).<br />

10. Click Print.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

11. (Optional) Add an annotation by typing in the text field. Select the color<br />

and font for the text field.<br />

This text appears at the bottom of the printed image.<br />

12. Click OK to print the image.<br />

220 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Printing Still Images<br />

How to Print a Still Image from the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

To print an image in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> you must first display the image in the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Be sure to update the image before printing it by double-clicking the blue output<br />

button of the node or by clicking Update on the node options window.<br />

NOTE<br />

For the highest quality printed image, be sure that scaling is set to 100%. See<br />

“Scaling Images” on page 130.<br />

To print an image:<br />

1. Double-click the blue output button of the node in the recipe from which<br />

you want to print the image.<br />

An Image<strong>View</strong>er opens.<br />

2. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

The following menu opens.<br />

3. Click Use Thermal Printer.<br />

A list of printers is displayed.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 221


Printing Still Images<br />

4. Click the appropriate printer.<br />

NOTE<br />

This selection is saved as your default printer until you decide to change it.<br />

You do not need to repeat this step each time that you print.<br />

5. If necessary, adjust the RGB values of your printer.<br />

NOTE<br />

You do not need to set these values each time you print. Once you set them,<br />

they remain set until you change them.<br />

a) Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in<br />

the Image<strong>View</strong>er to display the Image<strong>View</strong>er options menu.<br />

b) Click Adjust Printer Offsets.<br />

The following menu opens.<br />

c) Click the type of printer that you have.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

d) Enter any offset values that you have determined. See “Determining<br />

Your Printer Offsets” on page 224.<br />

e) Click OK.<br />

6. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er to display the Image<strong>View</strong>er options menu.<br />

7. Click Print Image.<br />

222 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Printing Still Images<br />

8. For MACINTOSH OS users only, make sure None is selected on the<br />

following window.<br />

9. For all users, select the appropriate printer.<br />

10. Set any additional printer options (number of copies, etc.).<br />

11. Click Print.<br />

The following window opens with the name of the recipe displayed in the<br />

text box.<br />

12. (Optional) Add an annotation by typing in the text field. Select the color<br />

and font for the text field.<br />

This text appears at the bottom of the printed image.<br />

13. Click OK to print the image.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 223


Printing Still Images<br />

Determining Your Printer Offsets<br />

You can establish printer offset values that are specific to your printer using<br />

the Q60 chart that came with the Look Manager System.<br />

You only need to perform this procedure once, but you may change it, if<br />

necessary. The values that you enter into the Adjust Printer Offsets window<br />

remain there until you change them.<br />

NOTE<br />

Keep in mind that a print viewed under daylight will look different when viewed<br />

under fluorescent light.<br />

To determine your printer offsets in Main <strong>View</strong>:<br />

1. Print the image q60_Printer_Reference.kdx. The image is located at:<br />

(WINDOWS OS): C:\Program Files\<strong>Kodak</strong>\KODAK Look Manager<br />

System\Images<br />

(MACINTOSH OS): Applications/KODAK Look Manager System/Images<br />

2. Compare your printed Q60 chart to the Q60 chart displayed on your<br />

calibrated monitor.<br />

3. If the color match is not suitable, display the test image again in Look<br />

Builder.<br />

4. Click the Print icon.<br />

5. Type new values or use the slider bars.<br />

6. Click OK.<br />

7. Print the image again and compare it to the image on the calibrated<br />

monitor.<br />

8. Repeat steps 1-7 until the match is satisfactory.<br />

To determine your printer offsets in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>:<br />

1. Print the image q60_Printer_Reference.kdx. The image is located at:<br />

(WINDOWS OS): C:\Program Files\<strong>Kodak</strong>\KODAK Look Manager<br />

System/Images<br />

(MACINTOSH OS): Applications/KODAK Look Manager System\Images<br />

2. Compare your printed Q60 chart to the Q60 chart displayed on your<br />

calibrated monitor.<br />

3. If the color match is not suitable, display the test image again in an<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er.<br />

4. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) in the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er to display the options menu.<br />

224 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Printing Still Images<br />

5. Click Adjust Printer Offsets in the Image<strong>View</strong>er pop-up menu.<br />

The following menu opens.<br />

6. Select the type of printer that you have.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

7. Type new values or use the slider bars.<br />

8. Click OK.<br />

9. Print the image again and compare it to the image on the calibrated<br />

monitor.<br />

10. Repeat steps 1-9 until the match is satisfactory.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 225


How it Works<br />

C ALIBRATING YOUR MONITOR<br />

This feature is only available in the Production Edition and VISION2 HD<br />

System Edition.<br />

The KODAK Display Manager System is a monitor calibration utility within the<br />

Look Manager System that allows you to maintain a consistent look across all<br />

monitors. Everyone who views the looks you create should use a monitor that<br />

has been calibrated to the same specifications.<br />

We recommend that you use the Display Manager System to calibrate and<br />

characterize your display:<br />

Before the start of a new project<br />

If the computer goes into sleep mode or screen saver mode<br />

Whenever you turn on the computer or monitor<br />

If the monitor has been jarred or moved<br />

(CRT/LCD monitors) Roughly every 6 to 8 hours; a minimum of once per<br />

day<br />

(HD/SD video) Once a day<br />

(Digital projectors) Once a week<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Before calibrating, press F4 and click the Monitor tab to make sure you have<br />

selected the correct type of monitor.<br />

The Display Manager System uses an enable cable to transfer data to and<br />

from the computer and monitor. A sensor, which you attach to your monitor,<br />

reads color and gray patches. Run a calibration and then a characterization<br />

using the sensor. To ensure accuracy, run a verification to measure the quality<br />

of your system setup and the print film match.<br />

Calibration<br />

During automatic calibration, information gathered from the sensor is<br />

transferred to the monitor via the enable cable. Adjustments are automatically<br />

made to the monitor contrast, brightness, and individual RGB biases and<br />

gains via the enable cable, based on information gathered by the sensor.<br />

The first time you initiate automatic calibration, the system prompts you to<br />

perform a monitor evaluation to determine if your monitor is capable of being<br />

calibrated.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 227


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Manually calibrate your monitor to SMPTE standards if:<br />

The enable cable does not recognize your monitor.<br />

You were unable to successfully cali brate your monitor using automatic<br />

calibration.<br />

NOTE<br />

Laptops and other LCD screens can only be characterized.<br />

Characterization<br />

After you calibrate your monitor, you must characterize (profile) it to determine<br />

the gamma response of the calibrated monitor and to track the monitor<br />

primaries.<br />

Verification<br />

Perform a verification to measure the quality of the monitor setup and to<br />

measure closeness of the print film match in CIElab colorspace.<br />

NOTE<br />

Print film verification is not available in the VISION2 HD System Edition.<br />

Opening the Display Manager System<br />

You can open the Display Manager System by one of the following methods:<br />

When you open the Look Manager System, you may see the following<br />

message.<br />

Click Yes to open the Display Manager System. If you click No, the Look<br />

Manager System opens.<br />

You can also open the Display Manager System from within the Look<br />

Manager System by going to Tools > Monitor Calibration.<br />

In <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, click the Monitor Calibration icon in the toolbar.<br />

228 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


The Display Manager System Main Window<br />

Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

The Display Manager System main window contains a selection box for the<br />

Display Mode and an icon for each step in the process.<br />

Display Mode: Use Auto if you have a<br />

supported monitor and will be using the enable<br />

cable. If not, use Manual.<br />

Calibrate: Opens the Calibration window<br />

where you attach a sensor to measure the<br />

luminance and chromaticity of a series of color<br />

patches.<br />

Characterize: Opens the Characterization<br />

window where you attach a sensor to measure<br />

the luminance and chromaticity of a series of<br />

color patches. Choose Manual<br />

Characterization Assistant to characterize<br />

alternate display devices, such as HD/SD<br />

displays and digital projectors.<br />

Verify: Opens the Verification window where<br />

you attach a sensor and verify the quality of<br />

the monitor setup and the print simulation.<br />

Exit: Closes the application.<br />

From the File menu, load your settings, save your settings, or reset to the<br />

factory default settings. See “Saving and Loading Settings” on page 239.<br />

From the Options menu, select Setup to set the parameters and configure<br />

the system. See “Setting the Calibration Options” on page 233.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 229


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Supported Hardware<br />

The following hardware is recommended for use with the Display Manager<br />

System.<br />

Generic Monitor Support<br />

The Display Manager System supports many different monitors, but not all<br />

monitors can be calibrated by the system. Most high-quality,<br />

professional-grade monitors can be calibrated.<br />

The first time that you initiate an automatic calibration, you are prompted to<br />

attach a sensor to the monitor so that the system can assess if the monitor<br />

can be calibrated.<br />

NOTE<br />

Before running this evaluation, set your monitor to Expert mode and turn off the<br />

Super Bright mode if applicable.<br />

You are then notified if the monitor can be calibrated. If it cannot, you can<br />

manually adjust your monitor using SMPTE standard procedures and the<br />

supplied colorbars chart. For more information, see “Manual Calibration” on<br />

page 244.<br />

The system runs this evaluation whenever you attach a different monitor and<br />

then initiate automatic calibration.<br />

Enable Cable (USB Cable ECC 1)<br />

An enable cable is required to transfer data from your monitor to your<br />

computer. Obtain this cable from outside suppliers.<br />

230 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Supported Sensors<br />

Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

The following sensors are supported by the Display Manager System:<br />

X-RITE Monitor Optimizer DTP94+EK (also known as MonacoOPTIX) -<br />

USB connection for LCD or CRT monitors<br />

X-RITE Monitor Optimizer DTP92+EK - serial connection for CRT monitors<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/C USB - USB connection for CRT monitors<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/C USB with USB cable - for CRT monitors<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/C Serial - Serial connection for CRT monitors<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/L - USB connection for LCD monitors<br />

USB Cable for VESA compliant CRT monitors<br />

PHOTO RESEARCH PR-650 - Serial connection for digital projection<br />

MINOLTA CS-100A - Serial c onnection for digital projection<br />

To purchase the X-RITE, PHOTO RESEARCH, or MINOLTA sensors, contact<br />

the manufacturer.<br />

Refer to the following table when deciding which sensor is best for your<br />

system.<br />

CRT Monitors and<br />

HD/SD Displays<br />

WINDOWS OS MACINTOSH OS<br />

X-RITE DTP94+EK<br />

X-RITE DTP92+EK<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/C USB<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/C Serial<br />

LCD Monitors X-RITE DTP94+EK<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/L USB<br />

Digital Projectors PHOTO RESEARCH<br />

PR-650<br />

MINOLTA CS-100A<br />

X-RITE DTP94+EK<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/C USB<br />

X-RITE DTP94+EK<br />

SEQUEL Chroma 4/L USB<br />

NOTE<br />

USB sensors are recommended for all systems that are USB enabled.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 231


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Before Calibrating<br />

Before you calibrate, make sure that you:<br />

Prepare the monitor and viewing environment.<br />

Set up the system options for calibration, sensors, tolerances, display,<br />

timing, and directories.<br />

Load specific settings, if previously saved.<br />

NOTE<br />

You do not need to set up the system options each time you calibrate. When<br />

the system opens, it automatically loads the settings that you save in the kdm.ini<br />

file. Or you can create and load a customized .ini file. See “Saving and Loading<br />

Settings” on page 239.<br />

Preparing the <strong>View</strong>ing Environment and Monitor<br />

Let the CRT monitor warm up for at least one hour. LCD monitors take 10 to<br />

15 minutes to warm up.<br />

Set your power save mode to Never.<br />

Disable your screen saver.<br />

(CRT monitors) Set your screen resolution to at least 1280 x 1024.<br />

Dim the room lights or cover the screen with a dark cloth. There should be<br />

no light shining on the screen or on objects that might reflect on the screen.<br />

(CRT monitors) Set the monitor in Expert mode, if available.<br />

a) From the panel at the front of the monitor, select COLOR.<br />

b) Use the left and right arrow buttons on the panel to highlight the<br />

Expert tab, where you see the bias and gain settings.<br />

NOTE<br />

For some monitors, the Expert mode is already selected as the default.<br />

If you have a newer SONY Monitor that has a Picture effect button on the<br />

panel at the front of the monitor, press this button repeatedly until the<br />

message DYNAMIC appears on screen.<br />

If using a laptop, be sure the brightness is set at the highest level. Be sure<br />

the level is the same whether on battery or AC power. However, if<br />

characterization fails, dim the screen brightness by one level at each<br />

attempt until characterization is successful.<br />

Set the monitor color quality to the highest possible value (at least 16 bits).<br />

If your display supports Super Bright mode, turn off the Super Bright mode<br />

by pressing the SB button on the front of the monitor until the screen reads<br />

“Super Bright Mode Off”.<br />

232 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Setting the Calibration Options<br />

Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Go to Options > Setup to open the Setup window. From this window you can:<br />

Set the calibration parameters.<br />

Identify the sensor you are using.<br />

Set tolerances.<br />

Select which display to calibrate if dual-head support is available.<br />

Control the calibration timing.<br />

Set the paths for saving .chr files and LUTs.<br />

After you have made all of your selections, click Save Settings to save all the<br />

settings in a .ini file. By default, settings are saved to the kdm.ini file. When<br />

the system opens, it automatically loads the settings that you save in the<br />

kdm.ini file. Save your settings with a different file name to create a<br />

customized .ini file. See “Saving and Loading Settings” on page 239.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 233


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Print Film Calibration Setup<br />

The Print Film Calibration tab on the Setup window contains information that<br />

is required to obtain an accurate print film match.<br />

Projector Aim:<br />

Projector aim values specify the intended film projector open gate settings.<br />

Enter the values for the film projector you are emulating. If you have not<br />

characterized a specific projector, use the default values.<br />

White Luminance (Y) - Open gate luminance can be measured by a<br />

colorimeter or spectrophotometer. Enter the value in ft-lamberts.<br />

White Chromaticity (xy) - Open gate chromaticity can be measured by a<br />

colorimeter or spectrophotometer. Enter values in CIE xy.<br />

Projector SPD (Spectral Power Distribution) - Click this button to open a<br />

browse window where you can load a file that was created when<br />

measuring your projector with a spectroradiometer. This file should be a<br />

single column of values corresponding to measurements from<br />

340 to 970 nm in 10 nm increments. Comment lines may be included in<br />

the file preceded by a # sign.<br />

234 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Select Projector Aim Luminance Adjust to bring the brightness of the<br />

display down to the projector aim when simulating the print look. Deselect<br />

this option to keep the brightness at the Display Aim.<br />

Display Aim:<br />

Enter the desired White Luminance for the monitor in ft-lamberts. Setting<br />

your monitor to the projector aim (typically 16 ft-lamberts) would make it too<br />

dark for other work. The display aim lets you set a higher display aim<br />

luminance.<br />

Display - Automatic Calibration:<br />

NOTE<br />

The automatic calibration process tries to match all the values that you enter in<br />

this section.<br />

From the Preset Target drop-down list (becomes active after you check<br />

Override Projector Aim for Dark Patch), select your monitor preset<br />

target that you want to overwrite during calibration.<br />

Set the Dark (code value). We recommend using the default settings. If<br />

using a KODAK Video Tape, change the Dark (code value) settings to 512.<br />

To override the projector Luminance and Chromaticity aim, check<br />

Override Projector Aim for Dark Patch. The value fields become active<br />

and you can enter new values for Dark Luminance (Y) and Dark<br />

Chromaticity (x,y). We recommend using the default settings.<br />

NOTE<br />

The Use Print Film Calibration Settings check box is available in the Display<br />

Manager System Print Film Edition. Use this check box to select the Print Film<br />

target values for use in calibration.<br />

Video Calibration Setup<br />

The Video Calibration tab on the Setup window contains information that is<br />

required to obtain an accurate video match.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 235


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Aim Settings<br />

Enter the values for the video space you want to calibrate to (CCIR 709,<br />

SMPTE RP145, or User Defined.<br />

The default values represent a typical HD display. These values can be<br />

altered for a user defined video space.<br />

White Point Chromaticity (xy) - Desir ed white chromaticity. Enter values in<br />

CIE xy.<br />

White Patch<br />

White Luminance (Y) - Maximum neutral code value luminance can be<br />

measured by a colorimeter or spectrophotometer. Enter the value in ftlamberts.<br />

NOTE<br />

Recommended practices for HD/SD video monitors place video legal whites at<br />

a luminance of approximately 30 ftL. Translating video 100% legal white (code<br />

value of 940) to a maximum monitor drive code value of 1023 (10-bit) yields an<br />

absolute monitor white luminance recommendation of approximately 34 ftL. This<br />

high luminance setting may degrade the useful lifetime of some monitors.<br />

Dark Patch<br />

To override the video Dark (code value), check Override Calculated Aims<br />

for Dark Patch. The value fields become active and you can enter new<br />

values for Dark Luminance (Y). We recommend using the default setting. If<br />

using a KODAK Video Tape, change the Dark (code value) settings to 512.<br />

Use Video Calibration Settings<br />

Select this check box to determine which target values to use for<br />

calibration.<br />

NOTE<br />

If using the KODAK VISION2 HD System, use the default values when working<br />

with typical NTSC, PAL, or HD displays.<br />

236 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Sensor Setup<br />

Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

From the Sensor tab on the Setup window, use the drop-down menus to<br />

select the type of sensor and the type of connection.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If you do not select the correct sensor and connection, the sensor will fail to<br />

initialize.<br />

Tolerances Setup<br />

From the Tolerance tab on the Setup window, you can set the plus or minus<br />

calibration tolerances that you want to allow for your aim values. We<br />

recommend using the default settings.<br />

Display Setup<br />

If your system is configured for dual-head support, you must select the display<br />

that you want to view images on.<br />

From the Display tab on the Setup window, use the Display to Operate On<br />

drop-down menu to select the display where you want to view the images.<br />

This display will be calibrated and characterized.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 237


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Timing Setup<br />

Adjusting the time between the appearance of color sets and individual color<br />

patches affects the total time to calibrate and characterize your display.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

You may receive calibration and characterization errors if the timing is set too<br />

fast. We recommend leaving the values set at the default. Never set the timing<br />

slower than the defaults.<br />

From the Times tab of the Setup window, use the arrows to set the values.<br />

Directories Setup<br />

On the Directories tab of the Setup window, click the CHR Directory and<br />

LUT Directory buttons to select the directories where you want to save those<br />

files.<br />

238 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Saving and Loading Settings<br />

Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

If you are working on several projects at one time, you can save all of the<br />

settings for each project in a customized .ini file. Load the appropriate file to<br />

quickly change all your settings when you change projects.<br />

By default, settings are saved to the kdm.ini file. This is the file that is used<br />

each time the system opens.<br />

To create a customized .ini file:<br />

1. Go to Options > Setup. Enter the appropriate values.<br />

2. Click Save Settings. Name the file appropriately.<br />

To load a customized .ini file:<br />

1. Go to File > Load Settings.<br />

2. Browse for and double-click the .ini file that you want to use.<br />

To save all settings at once:<br />

Go to File > Save Settings.<br />

NOTE<br />

On a WINDOWS Operating System, the default kdm.ini file is located in<br />

C:\Program Files\<strong>Kodak</strong>\EKCommon\KDM\kdm.ini<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 239


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Calibration<br />

From the Display Mode drop-down menu on the main window, select either<br />

Auto or Manual calibration.<br />

Automatic calibration uses the enable cable to transfer data from the computer<br />

to a CRT monitor. Adjustments based on this data are automatically made to<br />

your monitor. See Automatic Calibration below.<br />

Manual calibration requires that you manually adjust your monitor to SMPTE<br />

standards if:<br />

You are displaying your images on an HD/SD device or digital projector.<br />

The enable cable does not recognize your monitor.<br />

You were unable to successfully cali brate your monitor using automatic<br />

calibration.<br />

See “Manual Calibration” on page 244.<br />

Automatic Calibration<br />

Use this calibration method if you are using an enable cable to transfer data<br />

from your monitor to your computer. The system performs an evaluation to<br />

determine if your monitor can be automatically calibrated.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

You may need to repeat the calibration process more than once to reach aim.<br />

See “Calibration Failure” on page 266.<br />

Calibration Process<br />

To automatically calibrate your monitor:<br />

1. Go to Tools > Monitor Calibration.<br />

2. Select Auto from the drop-down Display Mode menu, if it is not already<br />

selected.<br />

NOTE<br />

Auto mode is only available if you have connected the enable cable to your<br />

computer.<br />

3. From the main window, click the Calibrate icon.<br />

If this is the first time that you have calibrated your current monitor, follow<br />

the on-screen prompts to run a monitor evaluation. See “Monitor<br />

Evaluation” on page 243.<br />

240 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Either the Calibration window opens or you are prompted to perform a<br />

Dark Gain Correction to reset the sensor.<br />

If you are prompted to perform a Dark Gain Correction:<br />

a) Place the sensor on a dark surface and be sure that no light can reach<br />

it. Do not attach the sensor to the monitor for this correction.<br />

b) Click OK.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If the Dark Gain Correction fails, see “Dark Gain Correction Failure” on<br />

page 268.<br />

The Calibration window opens when the correction is complete.<br />

4. Position the sensor in the center of the color patch.<br />

5. Select Detailed if you want a detailed log to be written. (Recommended)<br />

6. Cover the monitor and sensor with a dark cloth if you are not able to turn<br />

off the room lights.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 241


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

7. Click Start.<br />

The sensor measures the color values of a series of patches. A log is<br />

written, target values are displayed, and points are plotted on a<br />

chromaticity diagram.<br />

The process may take several minutes. You can click Pause, if necessary.<br />

NOTE<br />

During the final stage of the calibration process, the gamut and log<br />

information is hidden on the screen.<br />

If automatic calibration is successful, automatic characterization begins<br />

immediately after calibration is complete.<br />

If automatic calibration was not successful, you may need to calibrate one or<br />

more times. See “Calibration Failure” on page 266.<br />

242 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Monitor Evaluation<br />

The first time that you initiate an automatic calibration, the system performs an<br />

evaluation of your monitor to determine if it can be automatically calibrated. If<br />

you change monitors, the system runs the evaluation again when you initiate<br />

automatic calibration.<br />

If the Display Manager System is properly communicating with the monitor<br />

during the evaluation, the monitor will turn bright, then dark, and then red,<br />

yellow, etc.<br />

To evaluate your monitor:<br />

1. With an enable cable and sensor connected to your system and the Auto<br />

mode enabled, click Calibrate.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

2. Click Yes.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

You must select Yes and perform this evaluation in order to automatically<br />

calibrate your monitor.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

3. Attach the sensor and click OK.<br />

The system reads a series of patches and displays the results.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 243


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

If your monitor can be calibrated, the following message appears. Click OK.<br />

If your monitor cannot be calibrated, the following message appears. Click<br />

Yes to retry.<br />

The evaluation may fail if your tolerances are too tight. Loosen the tolerances<br />

by increasing the values on the Tolerance tab in the Display Manager setup<br />

window. See “Tolerances Setup” on page 237.<br />

You must switch to Manual display mode and manually calibrate your monitor<br />

if it cannot be automatically calibrated. See “Manual Calibration” on page 244.<br />

Manual Calibration<br />

You can manually calibrate your monitor by adjusting the white and black<br />

points from your monitor controls.<br />

Use this method to manually calibrate your monitor if:<br />

You are displaying your images on an HD/SD display or a digital projector.<br />

The enable cable does not recognize your monitor.<br />

You were unable to successfully cali brate your monitor automatically.<br />

You have an LCD monitor.<br />

Use the color patches generated by your Display Manager System to assist<br />

you in making these adjustments in most situations.<br />

For calibrating an HD/SD monitor or digital projector, use the color bar target<br />

at the front of the KODAK Color Patch Set Video Tapes. Using these color bar<br />

targets provides the proper color patch references described in this procedure.<br />

If you are using a digital projector, set the projector to the manufacturer’s<br />

defaults before you begin.<br />

244 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

To manually calibrate your monitor or HD/SD display:<br />

1. Go to Tools > Monitor Calibration.<br />

The Monitor Calibration application opens.<br />

2. Select Manual from the drop-down Display Mode menu, if it isn’t already<br />

selected.<br />

3. From your imaging product:<br />

a) Display the colorbars target that came with the Display Manager<br />

System.<br />

b) Adjust the display brightness and contrast until the pluge target blends<br />

into the background.<br />

The colorbars target file is located at:<br />

(WINDOWS OS): C:\Program Files\<strong>Kodak</strong>\KODAK Look Manager<br />

System\Images\ColorBar.dpx<br />

(MACINTOSH OS): Applications/KODAK Look Manager System/<br />

Images/ColorBar.dpx<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

The gray patch of this image has values of 512 - 512 - 512.<br />

This target is also available on the KODAK Color Patch Set Video Tapes, which<br />

can be used to characterize digital projectors and HD/SD broadcast video<br />

monitors.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 245


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

4. In the Display Manager System, click the Calibrate icon.<br />

Either the Calibration window opens or you are prompted to perform a<br />

Dark Gain Correction to reset the sensor.<br />

If you are prompted to perform a Dark Gain Correction:<br />

a) Place the sensor on a dark surface and be sure that no light can reach<br />

it. Do not attach the sensor to the monitor for this correction.<br />

b) Click OK.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If the Dark Gain Correction fails, see “Dark Gain Correction Failure” on<br />

page 268.<br />

The Calibration window opens when the correction is complete.<br />

246 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


5. Click Measure Primaries.<br />

The following window opens.<br />

Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

NOTE<br />

For HD/SD monitors or digital projectors, these steps do not apply; continue<br />

to use the colorbar target or KODAK Color Patch Set Video Tapes as<br />

described on page 245.<br />

6. Place the sensor over the red patch. Click OK to measure.<br />

7. Repeat step 6 for the green and blue patches.<br />

8. Measure white luminance:<br />

a) Place the sensor on the white patch.<br />

b) Click Measure Once or Measure Continuous.<br />

c) Examine the results and follow the instructions on the screen.<br />

d) If you clicked Measure Once in step b, repeat steps b and c until a<br />

pop-up informs you that white luminance is within tolerance.<br />

NOTE<br />

Leave the sensor attached.<br />

9. Measure white chromaticity by repeating steps 8b - 8d until the white<br />

chromaticity is within tolerance.<br />

10. Measure dark luminance by repeating steps 8b - 8d until the dark<br />

luminance is within tolerance.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 247


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

11. Measure dark chromaticity by repeating steps 8b - 8d until the dark<br />

chromaticity is within tolerance.<br />

12. Repeat steps 8 - 11 to verify that all values are within tolerance.<br />

NOTE<br />

The plot indicates where you are versus aim. Use the magnify buttons to<br />

zoom in and out on the plot.<br />

13. Click Close.<br />

Characterization<br />

14. Proceed to “Characterization” on page 248.<br />

Characterization determines the gamma response of the calibrated monitor<br />

and tracks monitor primary colors. Perform a characterization after each<br />

calibration.<br />

The system uses the .chr file written during characterization to create a 3D<br />

LUT that can be exported to any supported imaging products.<br />

From the Characterize drop-down menu on the main window, choose either<br />

Automatic Characterization or Manual Characterization Assistant.<br />

Use Automatic Characterization if you performed an automatic calibration or<br />

for devices such as LCD or CRT displays that were not auto calibrated.<br />

Automatic Characterization<br />

NOTE<br />

If you successfully completed an automatic calibration, automatic<br />

characterization will automatically run. In this case, you will not need to continue<br />

with this procedure.<br />

To automatically characterize your monitor:<br />

1. From the Characterize drop-down menu, click Automatic<br />

Characterization.<br />

248 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Either the Characterization window opens or you are prompted to<br />

perform a Dark Gain Correction to reset the sensor.<br />

If you are prompted to perform a Dark Gain Correction:<br />

a) Place the sensor on a dark surface and make sure that no light can<br />

reach it. Do not attach the sensor to the monitor for this correction.<br />

b) Click OK.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If the Dark Gain Correction fails, see “Dark Gain Correction Failure” on<br />

page 268.<br />

The Automatic Characterization window opens when the correction is<br />

complete.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 249


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Verify<br />

2. If the sensor is not already positioned, place it in the center of the screen.<br />

3. Cover the monitor and sensor with a dark cloth if you are not able to turn<br />

off the room lights.<br />

4. Click Start.<br />

The application reads a series of patches. This process may take several<br />

minutes.<br />

5. Click OK when you are notified that the characterization has finished.<br />

If you want more information on the quality of the calibration and<br />

characterization, see “Verifying the Monitor Setup” on page 250.<br />

If characterization failed, see “Characterization Failure” on page 267.<br />

The Verify feature allows you to view additional information on the success of<br />

the monitor setup and print simulation. Verification provides a means for<br />

tracking trends in the data, such as sensor or monitor degradations.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

You should perform a verification whenever your images do not look right.<br />

If the verification fails, you may need to replace the sensor or the monitor.<br />

The verification process may take several minutes.<br />

NOTE<br />

Verification does not apply to HD/SD monitors or digital projectors.<br />

Verifying the Monitor Setup<br />

To verify monitor setup:<br />

1. From the main window, click the Verify icon.<br />

250 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Either the Verification window opens or you are prompted to perform a<br />

Dark Gain Correction to reset the sensor.<br />

If you are prompted to perform a Dark Gain Correction:<br />

a) Place the sensor on a dark surface and make sure that no light can<br />

reach it. Do not attach the sensor to the monitor for this correction.<br />

b) Click OK.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If the Dark Gain Correction fails, see “Dark Gain Correction Failure” on<br />

page 268.<br />

The Verification window opens when the correction is complete.<br />

2. If the sensor is not already in place, position it to the center of the screen.<br />

3. Cover the monitor and sensor with a dark cloth if you are not able to turn<br />

off the room lights.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 251


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

4. Click Verify Monitor Setup on the Verification window.<br />

The Display Manager System projects and measures colored patches.<br />

When verification is complete, the Verify Monitor Setup button changes<br />

to read Monitor Setup Results, and you are notified if verification was<br />

successful.<br />

5. To view the results, click Monitor Setup Results.<br />

Three graphs are displayed.<br />

Correlated Color Temperature: This graph shows the tracking of the<br />

grayscale CCTs across the range of code values that were measured.<br />

The red lines indicate the tolerance levels that you entered on the setup<br />

window. These lines appear if the scale warrants. See “Tolerances<br />

Setup” on page 237.<br />

Chromaticity xy Chart: This diagram shows the tolerance you defined.<br />

The Xs indicate the chromaticities over a range of gray patches and<br />

indicate how well your neutrals track.<br />

Gamma Verification Chart: This chart shows the gamma response of<br />

the monitor for each R, G, B, N series. Ideally the values fall in a straight<br />

line. Click the color channel that you want to view.<br />

If the values are out of tolerance, you can continue to use your monitor as long<br />

as the colors are acceptable to you.<br />

The system writes a verification results file containing the xyY and color<br />

temperature data for each of the measured patches. The file is time and date<br />

stamped so that you can plot trends over time, if desired. To view the<br />

verification files, in the Display Manager system main directory go to data ><br />

verify.<br />

252 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Verifying the Print Film Look<br />

Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Verify the print film look to measure the quality of the print film simulation.<br />

NOTE<br />

This feature is not available in the KODAK VISION2 HD System Edition. Also<br />

you cannot verify a print film look created for a digital projector or HD/SD display.<br />

To verify the print film look:<br />

1. From the main window, click the Verify icon.<br />

Either the Verification window opens or you are prompted to perform a<br />

Dark Gain Correction. This correction resets the sensor.<br />

If you are prompted to perform a Dark Gain Correction:<br />

a) Place the sensor on a dark surface and make sure that no light can<br />

reach it. Do not attach the sensor to the monitor for this correction.<br />

b) Click OK.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

If the Dark Gain Correction fails, see “Dark Gain Correction Failure” on<br />

page 268.<br />

The following window opens when the correction is complete.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 253


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

2. If the sensor is not already in place, position it in the center of the screen.<br />

3. Cover the monitor and sensor with a dark cloth if you are not able to turn<br />

off the room lights.<br />

4. Click Verify Print Film Look on the Verification window.<br />

The Display Manager System projects and measures 125 patches.<br />

When verification is complete, the Verify Print Film Look button changes<br />

to read Print Film Look Results, and you are notified if verification was<br />

successful.<br />

5. To view the results, click Print Film Look Results.<br />

A graph is displayed.<br />

The graph shows a CIELab a* b* plot. If there is a perfect match, the X and dot<br />

are on top of each other. The longer the distance between the X and the dot,<br />

the further apart the match is.<br />

Click the color group buttons at the bottom to view only the data for that color<br />

group.<br />

NOTE<br />

Out-of-gamut colors have longer lines. A normal pattern for most monitors is a<br />

star-burst pattern with colors in the center on aim. The colors at the extremes<br />

are further and further off aim in a direction that points to the center.<br />

254 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Verification Logs<br />

Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Verification logs are date and time stamped. All files are named<br />

VerifySetup_Results or VerifyPrintFilm_Results.<br />

To view the verification files, in the Display Manager system main directory go<br />

to data > verify.<br />

You can view these text files with applications such as WordPad or Excel. To<br />

identify trends in data, view the log files over a period of time. Open earlier<br />

versions of the log file and compare the data points to determine when values<br />

began to fail.<br />

If verification results slowly degrade over time, the sensor or monitor may be<br />

failing due to age.<br />

If verification suddenly fails, the sensor may be damaged or might have fallen<br />

off during verification.<br />

Print Film Look Verification Log File<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 255


Calibrating Your Monitor<br />

Monitor Setup Verification Log<br />

256 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


TROUBLESHOOTING THE LOOK<br />

M ANAGER SYSTEM<br />

Please refer to the following topics if you need help with the KODAK Look<br />

Manager System.<br />

“There is Banding Across my Image” on page 258<br />

“My Image Doesn’t Look Right” on page 258<br />

“My Video Card Needs to be Updated” on page 259<br />

“Failed to Apply Refined Look to Image” on page 259<br />

“The Image Does Not Appear in Look Builder” on page 259<br />

“Image Does Not Appear in the Image<strong>View</strong>er (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)” on<br />

page 259<br />

“DPX and CIN Images Cannot be <strong>View</strong>ed” on page 260<br />

“Quick Preview/Image<strong>View</strong>er Do Not Display Images (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)” on<br />

page 260<br />

“Changes Do Not Appear in the Image<strong>View</strong>er (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)” on<br />

page 262<br />

“Images Do Not Refresh with the New Look (Main <strong>View</strong>)” on page 262<br />

“The System Does Not Recognize my Image” on page 262<br />

“Look Builder Does Not Open” on page 263<br />

“USB Device Is Not Recognized” on page 263<br />

“Recipe Issue Displayed in Recipe Information (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)” on<br />

page 263<br />

“Indicator Light is On (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)” on page 264<br />

“The System Does Not Recognize my License” on page 264<br />

NOTE<br />

For help with the Display Manager System, see “Troubleshooting Monitor<br />

Calibration” on page 265. For help with the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, refer to the<br />

Troubleshooting information in the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> online Help.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 257


Troubleshooting the Look Manager System<br />

There is Banding Across my Image<br />

Be sure that your monitor Color Quality is set to the highest value possible<br />

(32-bit is recommended).<br />

In WINDOWS OS:<br />

1. Right-click the desktop and select Properties from the pop-up menu.<br />

2. Click the Settings tab.<br />

3. Under Color Quality, select the highest setting possible.<br />

In MACINTOSH OS:<br />

1. Click the Apple icon at the top left of your screen.<br />

2. Click System Preferences.<br />

3. Click Displays and select the highest possible brightness setting.<br />

My Image Doesn’t Look Right<br />

Check the Options You Selected<br />

1. Did you select the correct film stock?<br />

From the Negative, Master Positive, and Dupe Negative options, be<br />

sure that you selected the correct film stock.<br />

2. If you used filters, did you select Compensate Filters in the Negative<br />

options?<br />

3. Did you select the correct source type? See “Selecting the Input Source”<br />

on page 65.<br />

4. Check the remaining options to be sure you have selected the correct<br />

options.<br />

5. In <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, did you:<br />

Select the correct source type? See “Source Type Tab in <strong>Flowgraph</strong><br />

<strong>View</strong>” on page 134.<br />

Select the correct scanning media? See “Scanning Media Tab in<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>” on page 133.<br />

Update the Image (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)<br />

You might have generated the image from an intermediate process.<br />

Update the image by double-clicking the blue output button of the correct node<br />

or by clicking Update on the node options window.<br />

258 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Check Your <strong>View</strong>ing Environment<br />

Troubleshooting the Look Manager System<br />

For critical adjustments, you should view images in a dim environment on a<br />

calibrated monitor. The LCD monitors of laptop computers are not a reliable<br />

viewing method for making critical adjustments. Plug a CRT monitor into your<br />

laptop to view the images. Make sure to properly calibrate and characterize<br />

the CRT monitor using the KODAK Display Manager System.<br />

Check Your Monitor Calibration<br />

We recommend that you regularly calibrate your monitor. See “Calibrating<br />

Your Monitor” on page 227.<br />

To begin, go to Tools > Monitor Calibration.<br />

My Video Card Needs to be Updated<br />

You may receive a message that your video card needs to be updated. You<br />

can continue to use the Look Manager System, but the results may not be<br />

accurate.<br />

Failed to Apply Refined Look to Image<br />

If you receive this message as you are attempting to open an image in Look<br />

Builder, apply a different look to the image in Scene Layout. Double-click the<br />

image to open it in Look Builder.<br />

The Image Does Not Appear in Look Builder<br />

This might occur if there is no base look applied to an image. In Scene Layout,<br />

drag and drop a look or template onto the image. Then double-click the image<br />

to have it appear in Look Builder.<br />

Image Does Not Appear in the Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)<br />

Be sure that you have assigned the correct Image<strong>View</strong>er to the node.<br />

1. Right-click (WINDOWS OS) or Control + Click (MACINTOSH OS) the<br />

blue output button.<br />

2. Click Display to and select the appropriate viewer.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 259


Troubleshooting the Look Manager System<br />

DPX and CIN Images Cannot be <strong>View</strong>ed<br />

If you are using the VISION2 HD System Edition, you may have opened an<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er from a node that does not support video color space. To view<br />

video images, open the Image<strong>View</strong>er from the HD Standard Looks node, the<br />

HD Custom Looks node, or the Color Corrector node. These are the only<br />

three nodes that support video color space.<br />

Quick Preview/Image<strong>View</strong>er Do Not<br />

Display Images (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)<br />

The image in the Quick Preview window and the Image<strong>View</strong>er is<br />

transparent, all-black, all-white, or jumbled.<br />

This is an issue with your graphics card. You should update your graphics<br />

card driver.<br />

(WINDOWS OS only)<br />

Verify that you have the latest driver for your graphics card.<br />

1. Right-click in the desktop.<br />

2. From the pop-up menu, click Properties.<br />

3. On the Settings tab, click Advanced.<br />

4. Click the Adapter tab to view information about your graphics card.<br />

5. Go to the manufacturer’s Web site and be sure you have the latest driver.<br />

To work around the issue in WINDOWS OS:<br />

1. Close the Look Manager System.<br />

2. Right-click in the desktop.<br />

3. From the pop-up window, click Properties and click the Settings tab.<br />

260 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Troubleshooting the Look Manager System<br />

4. At the bottom of the window, click Advanced and then click the<br />

Troubleshoot tab.<br />

5. Move the hardware acceleration back one stop to a slower setting. The<br />

default setting is full.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Do not use the lowest setting. Your computer may become unusably slow.<br />

Purchase a new video card if the next-to-the-slowest setting does not work.<br />

6. Click OK.<br />

7. Open the Look Manager System and open a Quick Preview window to<br />

see if the viewers are working properly.<br />

8. If the problem was not corrected, close the Look Manager System and<br />

repeat steps 2-7 until the problem is corrected. Keep the acceleration<br />

indicator as far to the right as possible and still get the viewers to work.<br />

NOTE<br />

(WINDOWS XP OS only) If slowing the acceleration does not solve the problem,<br />

deselect Enable write combining.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 261


Troubleshooting the Look Manager System<br />

Changes Do Not Appear in the Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)<br />

Changes will not appear in the Image<strong>View</strong>er until you update the image by<br />

double-clicking the node’s blue output button or by clicking Update in the<br />

node options window.<br />

Be sure you are viewing the correct Image<strong>View</strong>er. The Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

number appears over the node.<br />

The changes might be very subtle. Display the image in the full screen<br />

mode.<br />

Images Do Not Refresh with the New Look<br />

(Main <strong>View</strong>)<br />

Some images take a few seconds to refresh. Please be patient.<br />

The changes might be very subtle. Display the image in the full screen<br />

mode.<br />

The System Does Not Recognize my Image<br />

The Look Manager system only accepts still images with the following<br />

extensions:<br />

.dpx—A professional motion-picture film scan. A .dpx or .cin file is the best<br />

type of input for judging a look.<br />

.kdx—A proprietary image file format used in Version 1.1 of the Look Manager<br />

System. Existing .kdx images can still be used but cannot be created in<br />

Version 2.<br />

.cin—A professional motion-picture film scan. A .cin or .dpx file is the best<br />

type of input for judging a look.<br />

.kdc—A raw file from a KODAK Digital Still Camera.<br />

.crw—A raw file from a CANON Camera such as a 10D or Digital Rebel<br />

Camera.<br />

.cr2—A raw file from a CANON Camera such as a 20D, 1D Mark II or 1DS<br />

Mark II.<br />

.nef—A raw file from a NIKON Camera.<br />

.tif—A still image created by a Telecine frame grab or computer-generated<br />

interface that can be either 8 bit or 16 bit.<br />

.jpg—A compressed image that can come from any source. It is not calibrated<br />

and should not be used to generate a 3D LUT or to precisely emulate realworld<br />

lab processes.<br />

.vid—A 10-bit dpx-based still image created by scanning video. A proprietary<br />

image file format. (Used only with the KODAK VISION2 HD System Edition.)<br />

262 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Look Builder Does Not Open<br />

Troubleshooting the Look Manager System<br />

Look Builder might be minimized at the bottom of your window. Click the<br />

minimized Look Builder and click Restore.<br />

USB Device Is Not Recognized<br />

This can happen with a WINDOWS OS when you restart your computer and<br />

the device is connected.<br />

With your computer running, unplug the device and plug it back in.<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er Does Not Open<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)<br />

The Image<strong>View</strong>er might be minimized at the bottom of your window. Click the<br />

minimized Image<strong>View</strong>er to restore it to full size.<br />

Recipe Issue Displayed in Recipe Information<br />

(<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)<br />

When you view the recipe information, you may find a recipe issue listed. We<br />

recommend that you correct these conditions before finalizing the recipe.<br />

Integrity—the recipe has been altered outside the KODAK Look Manager<br />

System. The integrity of the original creative intent may have been<br />

compromised.<br />

Authenticity—the recipe has been altered by someone other than the<br />

original author.<br />

Relative Emulation—a compressed .tif image was used. The look may not<br />

be an accurate match to real-world processes. Use only .tif images created<br />

by a Telecine frame grab or from a computer-generated image.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 263


Troubleshooting the Look Manager System<br />

Indicator Light is On (<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>)<br />

At the lower-right corner of the window are indicator lights.<br />

MONCAL—When this indicator is red, your monitor needs to be calibrated<br />

(Production and VISION2 HD Editions). Click the Monitor Calibration icon in<br />

the toolbar. When this indicator is green, your monitor is calibrated and your<br />

recipe look is accurate. When this indicator is yellow, your monitor is<br />

characterized but needs to be calibrated.<br />

READ-ONLY RECIPE—This light indicates that the recipe you are working<br />

with has been designated as read-only by the author. If the author has<br />

enabled a password, you must enter the password to save and overwrite the<br />

recipe. Or you can save the recipe with another name.<br />

AUTHENTICITY—This light indicates that the recipe's original creative intent<br />

has been altered by someone other than the original author.<br />

RECIPE INTEGRITY—This light indicates that the recipe has been altered<br />

outside the Look Manager System. The integrity of the original creative intent<br />

may have been compromised.<br />

The System Does Not Recognize my License<br />

When you receive the email that contains your license file, detach the license<br />

file and save it on your computer in the following location:<br />

WINDOWS OS: C:\Program Files\<strong>Kodak</strong>\EICommon\Licenses<br />

MACINTOSH OS: /Library/Application Support/<strong>Kodak</strong>/EICommon/<br />

Licenses<br />

MACINTOSH OS users need to change the file’s Ownership and<br />

Permissions to Read and Write.<br />

264 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


TROUBLESHOOTING<br />

M ONITOR CALIBRATION<br />

Refer to the following topics for help with the KODAK Display Manager<br />

System.<br />

“Calibration Failure” on page 266<br />

“Characterization Failure” on page 267<br />

“Verification Failure” on page 267<br />

“Dark Gain Correction Failure” on page 268<br />

“Sensor Does Not Adhere to Screen” on page 268<br />

“Sensor Needs to be Replaced” on page 269<br />

“Sensor is Not Recognized” on page 269<br />

“Enable Cable Does Not Recognize the Monitor” on page 270<br />

“Calibrate Icon is Not Available” on page 270<br />

“Problem with the .ini File” on page 270<br />

“The Results are Not as Expected” on page 271<br />

“Super Bright Capable Display will Not Calibrate” on page 271<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 265


Troubleshooting Monitor Calibration<br />

Calibration Failure<br />

Make sure that you are using a VGA m onitor cable and that all the pins are<br />

present.<br />

If the monitor settings need a lot of adjustment to reach aim, you may need<br />

to repeat the calibration process several times to bring the monitor into<br />

tolerances. To more quickly bring the monitor settings closer to aim, reset<br />

the monitor to factory defaults as described in your monitor user manual.<br />

Track the progress of each calibration by observing the Current and Target<br />

Values displayed on the Calibration window. Repeat the calibration process<br />

as many times as necessary as long as the calibration points are continuing<br />

to move toward aim. If the points stop moving or they oscillate above and<br />

below aim, you may need to replace your monitor. Contact your support<br />

representative.<br />

When repeating a failed calibration, make sure that the:<br />

− Room is dimly lit or a dark cloth is placed over the monitor<br />

− Sensor is securely attached to the monitor if the sensor has suction cups<br />

− Enable cable and sensor connections are properly made<br />

− Dark Gain Correction of the sensor is performed correctly<br />

− Monitor is warmed up properly<br />

− Monitor is a type that is supported for auto-calibration<br />

− Monitor is in Expert mode, if available<br />

− Timing for reading patches is set properly. We recommend that you use<br />

the default settings. If you have shortened the timing to increase<br />

calibration speed, the readings from the sensor may have some<br />

erroneous points. Go to Options > Preferences, and set Colors to 4<br />

and Patches to 1.<br />

Make sure to uninstall any other monitor calibration software that you might<br />

have on your system.<br />

266 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Characterization Failure<br />

Troubleshooting Monitor Calibration<br />

Repeat the characterization making sure that the:<br />

− Room is dimly lit or a dark cloth is placed over the monitor<br />

− Sensor is securely attached to the monitor if the sensor has suction cups<br />

− Enable cable and the sensor connections are properly made<br />

− Dark Gain Correction of the sensor is performed correctly<br />

− Monitor is warmed up properly<br />

The monitor brightness may be set too low. Use the factory default setting.<br />

If that fails, increase the brightness.<br />

If characterization fails on your l aptop, dim the screen brightness one level<br />

and try again. If characterization still fails, keep lowering the screen<br />

brightness one level until characterization is successful.<br />

Repeated characterization failures may be caused by a failed sensor.<br />

Verification Failure<br />

Repeat the calibration and characte rization making sure that the:<br />

− Room is dimly lit or a dark cloth is placed over the monitor<br />

− Sensor is securely attached to the monitor if the sensor has suction cups<br />

− Enable cable and sensor connections are properly made<br />

− Dark Gain Correction of the sensor is performed correctly<br />

− Monitor is warmed up properly<br />

Refer to the Verification logs. See “Verifying the Print Film Look” on<br />

page 253.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 267


Troubleshooting Monitor Calibration<br />

Dark Gain Correction Failure<br />

Dark Gain Correction may fail if light enters the sensor.<br />

If Dark Gain Correction fails:<br />

1. Click OK on this message and also on the initialization message that<br />

appears next.<br />

2. Restart the process that you were running when you were prompted to<br />

perform the Dark Gain Correction - either Calibrate, Characterize, or<br />

Verify.<br />

3. When prompted for the Dark Gain Correction, place the sensor on a dark<br />

surface where light cannot reach it.<br />

Do not attach it to the monitor.<br />

Cover it with a dark cloth, if necessary.<br />

4. Repeat the Dark Gain Correction.<br />

Sensor Does Not Adhere to Screen<br />

SEQUEL Sensor<br />

When attaching the sensor, press firmly but not too hard.<br />

Clean the sensor. Use alcohol and a lint-free cloth to clean the suction cups<br />

and sensor face.<br />

Clean the monitor. Use a monitor cleaning kit or a soft cloth with a solution<br />

designed to clean monitors.<br />

If the sensor continues to fall off, wet the suction cups with alcohol before<br />

attaching to the monitor.<br />

X-RITE DTP92+EK Sensor<br />

Firmly push on the sides of the sensor so that the spring-loaded suction cup<br />

slides forward onto the screen. When the suction cup is firmly in place,<br />

release the sensor.<br />

You may need to moisten the suction cup by wiping it with a tissue lightly<br />

dampened with water, or to fog the suction cup by breathing on it.<br />

You may need to clean the monitor and su ction cup, if the sensor does not<br />

firmly attach. Clean the suction cup with a clean, dry cloth.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Do not apply a cleanser to the suction cup.<br />

To clean the monitor, use a soft, lint-free paper or cloth lightly dampened<br />

with a mild glass cleaner.<br />

268 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Sensor Needs to be Replaced<br />

SEQUEL Sensors<br />

Troubleshooting Monitor Calibration<br />

If you are prompted to replace the sensor, contact your service representative.<br />

X-RITE Sensors<br />

Contact X-Rite if your sensor fails.<br />

Sensor is Not Recognized<br />

If you get a message that the sensor failed to initialize:<br />

Go to Options > System Configuration to make sure that you have<br />

selected the appropriate sensor and connection type.<br />

Check the connection.<br />

Make sure that the USB or serial port is live and functional.<br />

It is possible that your USB hub is no t compatible with the sensor. Connect<br />

the sensor directly to the computer to verify.<br />

If you extended the length of the cabl e, make sure that you have used no<br />

more than five repeaters. Repeaters can be placed every 5 m (16.4 ft) for a<br />

total length of 30 m (98.4 ft).<br />

(WINDOWS OS only) Check your hardware devices.<br />

From the WINDOWS Start button, click Settings > Control Panel ><br />

System > General tab > Device Manager. Make sure the sensor is<br />

installed and does not have an orange flag next to its name in the directory.<br />

If so, reinstall the software from the installation CD. Your license key will<br />

continue to work if you reinstall the software.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 269


Troubleshooting Monitor Calibration<br />

Enable Cable Does Not Recognize the Monitor<br />

Check the connection.<br />

Make sure that the USB port is live and functional.<br />

(WINDOWS OS only) Check your hardware devices.<br />

From the WINDOWS Start button, click Settings > Control Panel ><br />

System > General tab > Device Manager. Make sure the enable cable is<br />

installed and does not have an orange flag next to its name in the directory.<br />

If so, reinstall the software from the installation CD. Your license key will<br />

continue to work if you reinstall the software.<br />

Make sure that you are using a VGA m onitor cable and that all the pins are<br />

in place.<br />

If your monitor still does not recogni ze the enable cable, you may have a<br />

monitor that is not supported by the Display Manager System. You must<br />

perform a manual calibration instead of an automatic calibration. See<br />

“Manual Calibration” on page 244.<br />

Calibrate Icon is Not Available<br />

The Calibrate icon is only available if you have attached an enable cable.<br />

Problem with the .ini File<br />

If you get a message that there is a problem with the .ini file:<br />

1. Click OK.<br />

The system opens using the factory defaults for any unknown values.<br />

2. Reset and save your system parameters. See “Setting the Calibration<br />

Options” on page 233.<br />

270 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


The Results are Not as Expected<br />

Troubleshooting Monitor Calibration<br />

To make use of all the Display Manager System features, make sure that<br />

you are using a VGA monitor cable with all the pins in position.<br />

The environment might not have been dark enough. Repeat the calibration<br />

and characterization with a dark cloth covering the monitor.<br />

The sensor, if it has suction cups, mi ght have fallen off during the process.<br />

Repeat the process making sure that the sensor is firmly attached.<br />

Make sure that the Dark Gain Correction of the sensor is performed<br />

correctly.<br />

Make sure that your monitor color qualit y is set to the highest possible value<br />

(at least 24 bits).<br />

Make sure to warm up the monitor for a least one hour before using the<br />

Display Manager System.<br />

Make sure that the screen saver and power save mode do not come on<br />

during the process.<br />

Set your screen resolution to at least 1280 x 1024.<br />

Input all data available for y our specific process. See “Setting the<br />

Calibration Options” on page 233.<br />

Your scanner or recorder might be out of calibration.<br />

Super Bright Capable Display will Not Calibrate<br />

You must turn off the Super Bright mode by pressing the SB button on the<br />

front of the monitor until the screen reads “Super Bright Mode Off”.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 271


A PPENDIX A<br />

S HORTCUT KEYS IN MAIN VIEW<br />

Scene Layout Shortcut Keys<br />

Task WINDOWS OS MACINTOSH OS<br />

New Scene Ctrl + n + n<br />

Open Project Ctrl + o + o<br />

Open the Display<br />

Manager System<br />

Ctrl + Shift + c + Shift + c<br />

Save Project Ctrl + s + s<br />

Customize Toolbars Ctrl + Shift + t + Shift + t<br />

Export 3D LUT Ctrl + Shift + x + Shift + x<br />

Export Images Ctrl + Shift + i + Shift + i<br />

Synchronize a Project Ctrl + Shift + s + Shift + s<br />

Select All Images Ctrl + a + a<br />

Deselect Images Ctrl + d + d<br />

Add Images Ctrl + + + +<br />

Display Scene<br />

Information<br />

Ctrl + i + i<br />

Change Image Source Ctrl + Shift + u + Shift + u<br />

Change Projection<br />

Mask<br />

Ctrl + Shift + m + Shift + m<br />

Print Images Ctrl + Shift + m + Shift + m<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 273


Appendix A Shortcut Keys in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Task WINDOWS OS MACINTOSH OS<br />

Hide or Delete an<br />

Image<br />

Ctrl + h + h<br />

Show All Images Ctrl + Shift + a + Shift + a<br />

Show Hidden Images/<br />

Hide Hidden Images<br />

Delete a Selected<br />

Scene or Image<br />

Ctrl + Shift + v + Shift + v<br />

Del Delete<br />

Open the Help System F1 F1*<br />

Enable What’s This Shift + F1 Not available<br />

Preferences options F4 F4<br />

Toggle Image Box F3 F3<br />

Toggle <strong>Flowgraph</strong><br />

<strong>View</strong><br />

F2 F2<br />

Undo Ctrl + z + z<br />

Redo Ctrl + y + y<br />

Copy Ctrl + c + c<br />

Paste Ctrl + v + v<br />

Cut Ctrl + x + x<br />

Quit Ctrl + q + q<br />

* If you are using a MACINTOSH OS laptop, press the function key and then<br />

press the correct F key.<br />

274 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Look Builder Shortcut Keys<br />

Appendix A Shortcut Keys in Main <strong>View</strong><br />

Task WINDOWS OS MACINTOSH OS<br />

Single Image Display Ctrl + 1 + 1<br />

Dual Image Display Ctrl + 2 + 2<br />

Quadrant Image Display Ctrl + 4 + 4<br />

Print Image Ctrl + p + p<br />

Undo Ctrl + z + z<br />

Redo Ctrl + y + y<br />

Enable What’s This Shift + F1 Not available<br />

Full Screen <strong>View</strong> F5 F5*<br />

Show out-of-Gamut<br />

Colors<br />

F6 F6<br />

Toggle Look On and Off F7 F7<br />

Save the Look F8 F8<br />

Toggle Info Tabs On and<br />

Off<br />

Ctrl + F5 + F5<br />

Previous Scene Ctrl + up arrow + up arrow<br />

Previous Image Ctrl + left arrow + left arrow<br />

Next Scene Ctrl + down arrow + down arrow<br />

Next Image Ctrl + right arrow + right arrow<br />

Hide/Delete Images Ctrl + Shift + h + Shift + h<br />

Crop the image Ctrl + Shift + m + Shift + m<br />

* If you are using a MACINTOSH OS laptop, press the function key and then<br />

press the correct F key.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 275


System Shortcut Keys<br />

A PPENDIX B<br />

SHORTCUT KEYS IN<br />

F LOWGRAPH VIEW<br />

Task WINDOWS OS MACINTOSH OS<br />

New Recipe Ctrl + n + n<br />

Open Recipe Ctrl + o + o<br />

Save Recipe Ctrl + s + s<br />

Save As Ctrl + Shift + s + Shift + s<br />

Copy Ctrl + c + c<br />

Paste Ctrl + v + v<br />

Cut Ctrl + x + x<br />

Select all Ctrl + a + a<br />

Quit Ctrl + q + q<br />

Display recipe<br />

properties<br />

Open the Display<br />

Manager System<br />

Toggle Batch Render<br />

Mode On and Off<br />

Ctrl + p + p<br />

Ctrl + Shift + c + Shift + c<br />

Ctrl + Shift + r + Shift + r<br />

Delete Del Delete<br />

Zoom in Ctrl and + and +<br />

Zoom out Ctrl and - and -<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 277


Appendix B Shortcut Keys in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Open the Help system F1 F1*<br />

Enable What’s This Shift F1 Shift F1<br />

Close an Options<br />

Window<br />

Task WINDOWS OS MACINTOSH OS<br />

Automatically Link<br />

Nodes<br />

Esc Esc<br />

Hold Ctrl when you<br />

insert the new node.<br />

Change Options F10 F10<br />

Highlight the node that<br />

you want to connect to.<br />

Hold Ctrl when you<br />

insert the new node.<br />

* If you are using a MACINTOSH OS laptop, press the function key and then<br />

press the correct F key.<br />

278 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Image Controller Shortcut Keys<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er Shortcut Keys<br />

Appendix B Shortcut Keys in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong><br />

Task WINDOWS OS MACINTOSH OS<br />

Select All Ctrl + a + a<br />

Clear Selection Ctrl + Shift +a + Shift + a<br />

Inverse Selection Ctrl + i + i<br />

Remove Image Del Delete<br />

Crop Image Ctrl + Shift + c + Shift + c<br />

Switch from one<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er to<br />

another<br />

Close the<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er<br />

Task WINDOWS OS MACINTOSH OS<br />

ALT + [the number of<br />

the Image<strong>View</strong>er]<br />

Esc Esc<br />

ALT + [the number of<br />

the Image<strong>View</strong>er]<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 279


A PPENDIX C<br />

SHORTCUT KEYS IN<br />

D ISPLAY MANAGER SYSTEM<br />

Display Manager System Shortcut Keys<br />

Task WINDOWS OS MACINTOSH OS<br />

Save As Ctrl + Shift + s + Shift + s<br />

Copy Ctrl + c + c<br />

Paste Ctrl + v + v<br />

Cut Ctrl + x + x<br />

Select All Ctrl + a + a<br />

Quit Ctrl + q + q<br />

Open <strong>View</strong>er Ctrl + Shift + c + Shift + c<br />

Delete Del Delete<br />

Open Help F1 F1*<br />

Enable What’s This Shift + F1<br />

(WINDOWS OS only)<br />

Not available<br />

* If you are using a MACINTOSH OS laptop, press the function key and then<br />

press the correct F key.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 281


A PPENDIX D<br />

IMAGE TYPES<br />

The Look Manager System recognizes the following types of images.<br />

.dpx—A professional motion-picture film scan. A .dpx or .cin file is the<br />

best type of input for judging a look.<br />

.kdx—A proprietary image file format used in Version 1.1 of the Look<br />

Manager System. Existing .kdx images can still be used but cannot be<br />

created in Version 2.<br />

.cin—A professional motion-picture film scan. A .cin or .dpx file is the<br />

best type of input for judging a look.<br />

.kdc—A raw file from a KODAK EASYSHARE P850 or P880 Digital<br />

Camera.<br />

.crw—A raw file from the CANON EOS cameras supported by Look<br />

Manager System (see page 209).<br />

.cr2—A raw file from a CANON EOS 5D, 20D, 30D, 350D, 400D, 1DS<br />

Mark II, 1D Mark II camera.<br />

.nef—A raw file from the NIKON cameras supported by Look Manager<br />

System (see page 209).<br />

.tif—A still image created by a Telecine frame grab or computergenerated<br />

interface that can be either 8 bit or 16 bit. Or a file from a<br />

CANON EOS 1DS Mark I camera.<br />

.jpg—A compressed image that can come from any source. It is not<br />

calibrated and should not be used to generate a 3D LUT or to precisely<br />

emulate real-world lab processes.<br />

.vid—A 10-bit, dpx-based still image created by scanning video. A<br />

proprietary image file format.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 283<br />

Educational<br />

Production<br />

X X<br />

X X<br />

X X<br />

VISION2 HD<br />

System<br />

X X X<br />

X X X<br />

X X X<br />

X X X<br />

X<br />

X X<br />

X


A PPENDIX E<br />

R EGULATORY INFORMATION<br />

This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause<br />

radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate<br />

measures.<br />

NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for<br />

a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are<br />

designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when<br />

the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment<br />

generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed<br />

and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful<br />

interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a<br />

residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case users will<br />

be required to correct the interference at their own expense.<br />

This class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.<br />

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du<br />

Canada.<br />

This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control<br />

Council for Interference by Information Technology Equipment (VCCI). If this<br />

equipment is used in a domestic environment, radio disturbance may arise.<br />

When such trouble occurs, the user may be required to take corrective<br />

actions.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 285


Minimum Requirements<br />

WINDOWS OS<br />

A PPENDIX F<br />

S YSTEM REQUIREMENTS<br />

Operating System: WINDOWS XP<br />

Processor: Minimum PENTIUM 3; PENTIUM 4 or equivalent is<br />

recommended<br />

RAM: Minimum 512 MB of RAM is recommended<br />

Hard Drive space: 450 MB of available space on hard drive for the<br />

application; additional space as needed for storing images<br />

Video Card: 24-bit video/graphic card, 3D acceleration capability with at least<br />

256 MB of RAM; OpenGL compliant<br />

Monitor Resolution: 1280 x 1024 recommended<br />

Drives: CD-ROM drive<br />

I/O: 2 available USB ports<br />

MACINTOSH OS<br />

Operating System: 10.4 or greater<br />

Processor: G4 or higher, INTEL based<br />

RAM: Minimum 512 MB of RAM is recommended<br />

Hard Drive space: 450 MB of available space on hard drive; additional space<br />

as needed for storing images<br />

Video Card: 24-bit video/graphic card, 3D acceleration capability with at least<br />

256 MB of RAM; OpenGL compliant<br />

Monitor Resolution: 1280 x 1024 recommended<br />

Drives: CD-ROM drive<br />

I/O: 2 available USB ports<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 287


Appendix F System Requirements<br />

Additional Software<br />

Internet Browser:<br />

WINDOWS OS: INTERNET EXPLORER Version 6.0 or higher<br />

MACINTOSH OS: INTERNET EXPLORER Version 5.2 or higher<br />

ADOBE ACROBAT Reader: Needed to view and print the User Guide and<br />

Quick Start Guide<br />

Required and Optional Hardware<br />

Educational Edition<br />

Optional:<br />

Approved digital-still camera<br />

Digital, still-camera card reader or PCMCIA card: Use to load digital still<br />

images from a camera to your computer<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE Printer Dock<br />

KODAK PROFESSIONAL 8500 Digital Photo Printer<br />

KODAK PROFESSIONAL 1400 Digital Photo Printer<br />

KODAK Photo Printer 6800 series<br />

Four Port Unpowered USB Hub: Use to accommodate the enable cable,<br />

sensor connections, printer, mouse, and card reader<br />

Production/KODAK VISION2 HD System Editions<br />

Required:<br />

Sensor (for calibration)<br />

CRT monitors only—USB ECC 1 Cable (Enable cable)<br />

CRT monitors only—VGA cable: (from the display to the enable cable) To<br />

take advantage of all the Display Manager System features<br />

Optional:<br />

Approved digital-still camera<br />

KODAK EASYSHARE Printer Dock<br />

KODAK PROFESSIONAL 8500 Digital Photo Printer<br />

KODAK PROFESSIONAL 1400 Digital Photo Printer<br />

KODAK Photo Printer 6800 series<br />

Four Port Unpowered USB Hub: Use to accommodate the enable cable,<br />

sensor connections, printer, mouse, and card reader<br />

288 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


G LOSSARY<br />

3D LUT (3 dimensional look up table) A mathematical description of colors with<br />

red, green, and blue on the x, y, and z axis, respectively, forming a cube.<br />

The Display Manager System creates 3D LUTs based on the<br />

characterization of your display. You can export 3D LUTs for use by<br />

supported imaging products.<br />

absolute<br />

emulation<br />

The system process of creating a look in the recipe that is most accurate<br />

as compared to the actual production look.<br />

aim The desired value for black point, white point, and chromaticity<br />

coordinates when calibrating your monitor.<br />

ASA Exposure Index or speed rating that denotes the film sensitivity, defined by<br />

the American National Standards Institution.<br />

aspect ratio A comparison of the image width to height, expressed as a proportion<br />

(4:3), a ratio (4/3), or a decimal (1.33).<br />

Common film aspect ratios are Academy Flat 1.851; Anamorphic Scope<br />

2.351; Academy Standard 1.331.<br />

The television aspect ratio is 1.331 and HDTV is 1.78:1.<br />

authenticity The property of a recipe that identifies if someone other than the author<br />

has made changes to the recipe.<br />

base look A resusable look, having the creation intent (i.e. Skip Bleach) that can be<br />

applied to a series of images.<br />

batch render<br />

mode<br />

A setting that, when enabled, applies an operation to all of the images in a<br />

sequence instead of the single current image.<br />

bias A monitor setting that controls the current to the monitor affecting the color<br />

and intensity of the display.<br />

black point A value that represents the darkest point in an image or the darkest point<br />

that a monitor can display. This is not necessarily pure black.<br />

calibration The process of adjusting a monitor’s black and white points as close as<br />

possible to aim points.<br />

characteristic<br />

curve<br />

A graphical representation of a neutral series. For film it is the film's<br />

response to light that shows the relationship between density and<br />

exposure. Also called the D-LogE curve. For video it is the gamma<br />

response of the video system and/or display.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 289


Glossary<br />

characterization<br />

chromaticity<br />

coordinates<br />

color<br />

correction<br />

matrix<br />

The measurement of the color characteristics of a monitor. This results in<br />

the automatic creation of a .chr file, which controls how the monitor<br />

interprets colors.<br />

Vector settings used to define the color temperature of the LAD gray patch<br />

during monitor calibration.<br />

A set of coefficients that defines the amount of color information that is<br />

transferred from one color channel to another color channel.<br />

color gamut The range of colors that a device or film can display.<br />

color timing A laboratory printing process where the image is adjusted for color and<br />

density. The amount of red, green, and blue light, shown through one<br />

piece of film to make an exposure onto another piece, is adjusted to<br />

modify the color of the scene when it is finally projected. In the Look<br />

Manager System you can adjust color timing from the Dupe Negative,<br />

Master Positive and Print options.<br />

compare<br />

modes<br />

Options accessed in the Look Builder that control how before and after<br />

looks are compared on an image. These options consist of horizontal<br />

swipe, vertical swipe, horizontal butterfly, or vertical butterfly.<br />

cropping Changing the aspect ratio of an image to that or another media. For<br />

example, when you shoot with a digital-still camera in a 1.33:1 ratio, but<br />

you want to see only the 1.85:1 area that you will shoot with your motion<br />

picture camera.<br />

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (monitor)<br />

curve See “characteristic curve.”<br />

D-LogE Density with respect to the logarithm of exposure for the film. This is<br />

represented by the film characteristic curve.<br />

dark gain<br />

correction<br />

An adjustment to the sensor that eliminates inherent noise during monitor<br />

calibration.<br />

density The measurement of how much light a film transmits.<br />

digital<br />

intermediate<br />

The process of using digital tools instead of photochemical tools between<br />

the acquisition and display of your images.<br />

display aim In the Display Manager System, the desired values that you want<br />

calibration to match for your display device. Set these values from the<br />

Options > Setup window.<br />

290 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Glossary<br />

display mode An option in the Display Manager System, where you select either<br />

automatic or manual calibration mode. Also an option in the Look Builder,<br />

where you select how many images are displayed.<br />

dual head<br />

mode<br />

dupe<br />

negative<br />

A system capable of handling two displays. They can be separate<br />

desktops or designed to work as one.<br />

An intermediate copy of a film, made on fine-grained stock, and used to<br />

make release prints.<br />

EI See “exposure index.”<br />

enable cable A cable used to interface between a CRT monitor and a computer during<br />

automatic monitor calibration. (USB ECC 1 Cable)<br />

exposure<br />

index<br />

(EI) A measurement of film sensitivity to light. EI is used in determining<br />

correct exposure.<br />

film recorder A device that records digital images onto film.<br />

film roll A digital file that contains sequences of frames.<br />

filter A translucent material that is placed in front of a camera to modify the<br />

color that is transmitted, or to introduce artifacts, such as diffusion, flares,<br />

etc.<br />

filter factor The amount of increase in exposure needed to compensate for filters.<br />

filter trays A group of similar filters that are listed together to facilitate selecting the<br />

appropriate filter.<br />

flashing The process of exposing a small amount of light to film before or after the<br />

scene is photographed. Flashing will lower the contrast of your shadows or<br />

highlights depending on which stage you do it in. Negative + Dupe<br />

Negative node flashing lifts blacks, and Print + Master Positive node<br />

flashing softens whites.<br />

flashing filter A filter that is applied during the flashing process. See “filter” and<br />

“flashing.”<br />

flowgraph<br />

view<br />

A GUI (Graphical User Interface) designed to show workflow steps (also<br />

known as nodes) of the imaging and/or photochemical process.<br />

frame grab A device that can capture a single still frame in .tif format from a Telecine.<br />

gain Color Corrector Node: A Color Corrector control that adjusts the shoulder<br />

of a color curve.<br />

Monitor Calibration: The percent of increase between the input signal and<br />

the output signal.<br />

gamma A Color Corrector control that adjusts the midtones in an image.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 291


Glossary<br />

gelatin filter (Gel) A flexible colored optical material placed in front of lights to modify<br />

the color that is transmitted.<br />

hero An option in the image information. Flag an image with this option to<br />

indicate that it is ready to use in production.<br />

histogram A graphical representation in <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> of how the pixels in an<br />

image are distributed at each color intensity level. Lowlights are<br />

represented by the left end, mid-tones are represented by the middle<br />

portion, and highlights are represented by the right end.<br />

image<br />

controller<br />

A <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> utility that allows you to select, crop, and resize an<br />

image.<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er A <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> utility that allows you to view and print images. More<br />

than one Image<strong>View</strong>er can be open at the same time to compare image<br />

results.<br />

input profile A 3D LUT created by <strong>Kodak</strong> based on the characteristics of your film<br />

scanner.<br />

integrity A recipe property that indicates if the author’s original creative intent has<br />

been changed.<br />

LAD gray<br />

patch<br />

LAD (Laboratory Aim Density) The manufacturer-recommended film density<br />

settings. Use these settings to aid in color timing and curve placement.<br />

The value of gray as determined by the Lab Aim Density for a specific<br />

display or film.<br />

lambert A unit of brightness equal to a perfectly diffusing surface that reflects 1<br />

lumen per square cm.<br />

lamp<br />

intensity<br />

The strength of a light source.<br />

LCD Liquid Crystal Display (monitor)<br />

lift The shadow portion of a color curve. Represented by the toe of the color<br />

curve.<br />

Also, a primary Color Corrector color correction that adjusts the shadows<br />

in an image.<br />

log-E range Log of Exposure. See “characteristic curve.”<br />

look An aesthetic quality of film or video that conveys a subjective feeling about<br />

the scene. Factors that contribute to the look are color tones, filters, film<br />

stock, lighting, sharpness, etc.<br />

look browser The area of the software from where you select looks and templates.<br />

luminance The measured value or amount of light from a motion picture screen.<br />

292 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Glossary<br />

LUT (Look Up Table) A method for converting colors by mapping input colors to<br />

output colors.<br />

master<br />

positive<br />

A positive image created from a negative on fine-grained stock as an<br />

intermediate step to making a dupe negative. Not suitable for projection.<br />

matrix See “color correction matrix.”<br />

monitor<br />

primaries<br />

The primary colors as shown on the monitor determined by its phosphors.<br />

nodes Image processing operations represented by an icon in a recipe. In the<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, nodes are connected in sequence to emulate a<br />

production process and to create the desired look for an image. Doubleclick<br />

a node to display options for that node.<br />

options<br />

window<br />

A <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> window that contains values for a node that affect the<br />

look applied to the image.<br />

output profile A 3D LUT created by the KODAK Scanner Recorder Profiling service<br />

based on your specifications for your output device, such as a digital<br />

projector or HD/SD display.<br />

padding A number of digits in the file name for a frame giving an indication of where<br />

that image falls in the image sequence.<br />

patches Individual color squares that the Display Manager System reads during<br />

calibration, characterization, and verification.<br />

postproduction <br />

preproduction<br />

The point of the production process when the filming is complete. Post-<br />

production activities consist of editing, sound mixing, compositing, image<br />

manipulation, image creation, or any other alteration to the media.<br />

The point of the production process when work is done prior to filming.<br />

Pre-production tasks consist of scouting locations, and selecting stock and<br />

other shooting conditions.<br />

print film The type of film that you want your printed image to emulate regardless of<br />

the printing media that it will actually be printed to. Make this selection in<br />

the Print Emulation node - Print Films tab. When printing to film with the<br />

traditional photochemical process, the Print Film and Printing Media have<br />

to be the same. When printing a digitally recorded negative, they can be<br />

different.<br />

printing<br />

media<br />

The print film stock that you will use to print the negative during actual<br />

processing. When printing to film with the traditional photochemical<br />

process, the Print Film and Printing Media have to be the same. When<br />

printing a digitally recorded negative, they can be different.<br />

project A group of scenes usually formed to tell a story (e.g., film).<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 293


Glossary<br />

projection<br />

mask<br />

quadrant<br />

view<br />

Quick<br />

Preview<br />

Aspect ratio (width x height) of projected or display images.<br />

A view of four images. Designed to make comparisons between different<br />

parameters and images.<br />

A <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> utility that lets you view a low resolution preview of the<br />

recipe adjustments as they are made.<br />

recipe A sequence of operations on an image with a specific order execution and<br />

specific settings to create a look.<br />

refined look Also called color timed look, or color corrected look. It is the basic look<br />

plus additional tweaking and timing.<br />

relative<br />

emulation<br />

reproduction<br />

warning<br />

The process of creating a look in the recipe that is not completely accurate<br />

as compared to the actual production look (absolute emulation). This may<br />

occur if a .tif image is used to create the look.<br />

A message that appears on the Image<strong>View</strong>er if the monitor is not<br />

calibrated, if you have used a .tif image, or if the recipe is referencing film<br />

data that does not exist on the current computer.<br />

To accurately print an image or produce a look, you should correct these<br />

conditions.<br />

resize Changing an image size by specifying a new resolution. Resizing an<br />

image to a smaller size will increase the processing speed. You can resize<br />

an image by selecting a scale factor on the Image Controller tab of the<br />

Input Roll/Image node.<br />

saturation The brilliance or purity of a given color. As a color gets less saturated, it<br />

becomes more pastel.<br />

scanning<br />

media<br />

The type of film that was scanned to create a digital image. The Look<br />

Manager System needs to know which film stock was scanned in order to<br />

make accurate adjustments to the digital image.<br />

scene A group of images. Usually grouped together to form a concept (e.g., a<br />

passage in a movie script).<br />

sensor A colorimeter used to measure luminance and chromaticities of patches<br />

during monitor calibration, characterization and verification.<br />

shoulder The curved region of the characteristic curve above the straight line<br />

portion. It represents the highlights in the image. This gradually decreases<br />

as exposure increases. See “characteristic curve.”<br />

294 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Glossary<br />

skip bleach The process of leaving some or all of the image silver on the film along<br />

with the image dyes. This silver is normally removed during the bleaching<br />

process. Skip bleach increases contrast, darkens shadows, and reduces<br />

the color saturation of images.<br />

You can emulate skip bleach from: Negative, Master Positive, Dupe<br />

Negative, and Print Emulation.<br />

SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers<br />

source type A description of how the original image was created. The Look Manager<br />

System needs this information in order to correctly emulate a look. In<br />

<strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, make this selection on the Source Type tab of the Input<br />

Roll/Image node option window. In Main <strong>View</strong>, make this selection when<br />

you are prompted.<br />

spot meter A Look Manager System tool that displays exposure information about an<br />

image.<br />

straight line The straight line portion of the characteristic curve. It represents the<br />

midtones in the image.<br />

target A data file that contains preset calibration values. The Display Manager<br />

System provides three default targets that can be used as starting points<br />

for setting your calibration values.<br />

Telecine A machine that scans motion picture film at video resolution for transfer to<br />

videotape.<br />

template In <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong>, a pre-defined recipe which you can use as a starting<br />

point for your recipe. You can create your own template or use the default<br />

templates.<br />

In Main <strong>View</strong>, a base look containing certain processes which you can<br />

adjust to create a refined look.<br />

timer The person at the lab who works with the cinematographer to select the<br />

timing lights for each shot.<br />

timing lights The lamps of a film printer. Their brightness controls the printed color. You<br />

can emulate changes to timing lights on the Color Timing tabs of the<br />

Master Positive, Dupe Negative and Print Emulation node options.<br />

toe The curved region of a film characteristic curve below the straight line<br />

portion. It represents the shadows in the image and gradually increases<br />

with exposure. See “characteristic curve.”<br />

tolerances The acceptable value above or below aim values when calibrating your<br />

monitor.<br />

t-stop A motion picture camera setting that controls exposure and depth of field.<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 295


Glossary<br />

unity matrix A color matrix with colors in a 1 to 1 relationship so that no color<br />

corrections are made.<br />

verification In the Display Manager System, the process of checking the overall<br />

response of the system to determine the quality of the calibration and<br />

characterization.<br />

white point A value that represents the brightest part in an image or the brightest point<br />

that a monitor can display.<br />

workspace The large gray area in the <strong>Flowgraph</strong> <strong>View</strong> where you add and connect<br />

nodes and set node options to create a recipe.<br />

296 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


Numerics<br />

3D LUT<br />

applying from flowgraph 194<br />

applying main view 194<br />

defined 289<br />

directory to (Display Manager) 238<br />

exporting from flowgraph 191<br />

exporting main view 193<br />

overview/description 196<br />

3DL file format 195<br />

6800 printer, setting up 216<br />

8500 printer, setting up 215<br />

A<br />

absolute emulation, definition 289<br />

adding<br />

images (flowgraph) 128<br />

images (main view) 58<br />

licenses 20<br />

nodes (flowgraph) 112<br />

nodes from workspace (flowgraph) 99<br />

notes to workspace (flowgraph) 98<br />

adjusting<br />

black point in Color Corrector(main<br />

view) 85<br />

gamma (flowgraph) 165<br />

lift, gamma, gain (flowgraph) 161<br />

lift, gamma, gain (main view) 84<br />

printer offsets (flowgraph) 203, 224<br />

printer offsets (main view) 224<br />

white point in Color Corrector (main<br />

view) 85<br />

aim<br />

definition 289<br />

setting projector 234<br />

apply<br />

3D LUT from flowgraph 170, 194<br />

INDEX<br />

3D LUT in main view 194<br />

filters (flowgraph) 140<br />

filters (main view) 78<br />

flashing (flowgraph) 146<br />

flashing (main view) 79<br />

looks (main view) 75<br />

ASA<br />

defined 289<br />

selecting 78<br />

aspect ratio<br />

defined 289<br />

flowgraph 203<br />

main view 45<br />

assigning Image<strong>View</strong>er (flowgraph) 201<br />

authenticity<br />

definition 289<br />

indicator (flowgraph) 98, 125<br />

autobalance timing<br />

flowgraph 139<br />

main view 79<br />

automatic calibration<br />

not available 270<br />

performing 240<br />

automatically connect nodes (flowgraph) 112<br />

B<br />

banding in images 258<br />

base look (main view)<br />

applying 75<br />

defined 289<br />

saving 32, 85<br />

batch render mode (flowgraph)<br />

definition 289<br />

using with Save node 135<br />

bias<br />

adjusting 227<br />

definition 289<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 297


Index<br />

black point<br />

adjusting in Display Manager 244<br />

definition 289<br />

setting in Color Corrector(main view) 85<br />

brightness, adjusting on monitor 227<br />

C<br />

calculating filter factors (flowgraph) 148<br />

calibration<br />

automatic 240<br />

definition 289<br />

described 227<br />

fails 266<br />

how often 227<br />

main steps 227<br />

manual 244<br />

preparing monitor/environment 232<br />

timing 238<br />

video setup 235<br />

cameras<br />

digital still 211<br />

loading images from 214<br />

setting up CANON 211<br />

setting up KODAK 210<br />

setting up NIKON 212<br />

CANON cameras 211<br />

capture mode<br />

CANON 211<br />

KODAK 210<br />

NIKON 212<br />

CGI images (flowgraph) 134<br />

changing<br />

input source (flowgraph) 134<br />

input source (main view) 65<br />

output media (flowgraph) 157<br />

output media (main view) 68<br />

projection mask 67<br />

scene information (main view) 72<br />

characteristic curve, definition 289<br />

characterization<br />

automatic 248<br />

definition 290<br />

described 228<br />

fails 267<br />

how often 227<br />

how to 248<br />

chr file, directory to 238<br />

chromaticity<br />

chart 252<br />

dark 235<br />

diagram 242<br />

setting 234<br />

chromaticity coordinates, definition 290<br />

CIELab, plot 254<br />

closing a recipe (flowgraph) 115<br />

c-moncal warning (flowgraph) 202<br />

color<br />

channels (flowgraph) 167<br />

correction matrix (flowgraph) 165<br />

correction matrix, definition 290<br />

gamut (flowgraph) 203<br />

gamut (main view) 32<br />

gamut, definition 290<br />

primary correction (flowgraph) 161<br />

primary correction (main view) 84<br />

quality on monitor 7<br />

Color Corrector<br />

creating recipe for (flowgraph) 100, 109<br />

flowgraph view 161<br />

main view 84<br />

template for outputting (flowgraph) 116<br />

color timing<br />

definition 290<br />

flowgraph 152, 155<br />

main view 80, 82<br />

colorimeter 234<br />

communicating your look 2<br />

compare modes (main view)<br />

defined 290<br />

selecting 90<br />

comparing looks<br />

flowgraph 206<br />

main view 88<br />

compensate filters<br />

flowgraph 139, 258<br />

main view 79<br />

298 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


connecting<br />

enable cable 12<br />

nodes (flowgraph) 112<br />

SEQUEL sensors 15<br />

X-RITE sensors 13<br />

correlated color temperature graph 252<br />

creating<br />

new project (main view) 42<br />

recipe for traditional processing (flowgraph)<br />

109<br />

recipe from template (flowgraph) 117<br />

recipes (flowgraph) 112<br />

scene (main view) 55<br />

templates (flowgraph) 118<br />

cropping<br />

definition 290<br />

flowgraph view 130<br />

main view 32, 67<br />

CRT, definition 290<br />

curve, definition 289<br />

Custom Looks<br />

flowgraph 184<br />

main view 176<br />

customizing<br />

flowgraph window 94<br />

toolbars (main view) 28<br />

D<br />

D Log E, definition 290<br />

dailies 2<br />

dark code value 235<br />

dark gain correction (Display Manager)<br />

definition 290<br />

fails 268<br />

procedure 241<br />

default templates<br />

flowgraph 116<br />

main view 75<br />

delete<br />

images (main view) 70<br />

recipe items (flowgraph) 113<br />

scene (main view) 72<br />

templates (flowgraph) 118<br />

density, definition 290<br />

Index<br />

digital intermediate<br />

creating recipe for (flowgraph) 101, 109<br />

definition 290<br />

digital still cameras 209<br />

directories (Display Manager) 238<br />

directory paths (flowgraph) 103<br />

display aim<br />

definition 290<br />

setting 235<br />

Display Manager<br />

calibration 240<br />

characterization 248<br />

how it works 227<br />

main window 229<br />

opening 228<br />

setup 233<br />

shortcut keys 281<br />

display mode<br />

definition 291<br />

selecting (main view) 33<br />

displaying<br />

images from a flowgraph 199<br />

multiple images (main view) 88<br />

pixel/look information 31<br />

DPX viewer 74<br />

DTP92+EK 14<br />

DTP94+EK 13<br />

dual head<br />

defined 291<br />

support (Display Manager) 237<br />

Dupe Negative<br />

color timing tab (flowgraph) 152<br />

definition 291<br />

described (flowgraph) 96<br />

films tab (flowgraph) 149<br />

flashing tab (flowgraph) 150<br />

using in flowgraph 149<br />

using in main view 80<br />

E<br />

EasyShare<br />

cameras 210<br />

printers 216<br />

edit toolbar (flowgraph view) 95<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 299


Index<br />

editions<br />

adding 20<br />

features 5<br />

emulation nodes (flowgraph) 137<br />

enable cable<br />

connecting 12<br />

definition 291<br />

not recognized 270<br />

export<br />

3D LUT from flowgraph 191<br />

3D LUT in main view 193<br />

image with look (main view) 86<br />

exposure index<br />

definition 291<br />

flowgraph 139<br />

main view 78<br />

F<br />

film data warning (flowgraph) 202<br />

film look<br />

not as expected 271<br />

verifying 253<br />

film recorder, definition 291<br />

film roll, definition 291<br />

films tab (flowgraph) 138, 149, 154<br />

filter factors<br />

calculating (flowgraph) 148<br />

definition 291<br />

filter trays, defined 291<br />

filters<br />

applying (flowgraph) 140<br />

applying (main view) 78<br />

definition 291<br />

flashing Master Pos/Dupe Neg (flowgraph)<br />

150<br />

Negative node (flowgraph) 140<br />

packages (flowgraph) 141<br />

flagging images (main view) 24<br />

flashing<br />

definition 291<br />

filter, definition 291<br />

flowgraph view 146, 150, 159<br />

main view 79<br />

flowgraph view<br />

defined 291<br />

main window 93<br />

nodes described 96<br />

opening 93<br />

overview 34<br />

frame grab<br />

.tif 262, 283<br />

definition 291<br />

full screen<br />

flowgraph view 203<br />

main view 32<br />

G<br />

gain<br />

adjusting in Color Corrector (flowgraph)<br />

161<br />

adjusting in Color Corrector(main view)<br />

84<br />

definition 291<br />

gamma<br />

adjusting in Color Corrector (flowgraph)<br />

161<br />

adjusting in Color Corrector(main view)<br />

84<br />

definition 291<br />

matrix/gamma node (flowgraph) 165<br />

gelatin filters (flowgraph)<br />

definition 292<br />

using 144<br />

H<br />

hardware<br />

requirements 287<br />

SEQUEL sensors 15<br />

X-RITE sensors 13<br />

HD Custom Looks<br />

flowgraph 184<br />

main view 176<br />

HD Standard Looks<br />

flowgraph 179<br />

main view 174<br />

help 8<br />

hero<br />

defined 292<br />

flagging image as (main view) 24<br />

300 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


hiding<br />

images 70<br />

scenes 72<br />

scenes (main view) 25<br />

histogram (flowgraph)<br />

definition 292<br />

viewing 204<br />

How Do I 8<br />

I<br />

Image Controller (flowgraph)<br />

definition 292<br />

shortcut keys 279<br />

tab 128<br />

image files, managing (flowgraph) 110<br />

image input box (main view) 26<br />

image source<br />

flowgraph 134<br />

main view 65<br />

images<br />

adding (main view) 58<br />

banding appears 258<br />

comparing (flowgraph) 206<br />

cropping (flowgraph) 130<br />

cropping (main view) 67<br />

deleting/hiding 70<br />

directories (flowgraph) 103<br />

displaying multiple (main view) 88<br />

do not refresh (flowgraph) 262<br />

don’t display properly (flowgraph) 260<br />

don’t look right 258<br />

exporting (main view) 86<br />

flagging (main view) 24<br />

import from project (main view) 61<br />

importing into scene (main view) 56<br />

inputting (flowgraph) 128<br />

loading on a computer 214<br />

moving between scenes (main view) 63<br />

not recognized 262<br />

printing from flowgraph 221<br />

printing from main view 218<br />

saving multiple (flowgraph) 135<br />

scaling (flowgraph) 130<br />

types of 283<br />

viewing different (flowgraph) 205<br />

warnings 202<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er (flowgraph)<br />

assigning 201<br />

background color 203<br />

changes do not appear 262<br />

clearing 203<br />

definition 292<br />

full screen 203<br />

image doesn’t appear 259<br />

options 202<br />

scaling images/aspect ratio 203<br />

shortcut keys 279<br />

toggle on/off (icon) 94<br />

using 200<br />

won’t open 263<br />

import (main view)<br />

images 26, 56<br />

images from different project 61<br />

look 76<br />

looks 46<br />

project 53<br />

scene (main view) 64<br />

indicator lights (flowgraph) 98<br />

ini file (Display Manager)<br />

problems with 270<br />

saving to 232<br />

input images<br />

flowgraph 128<br />

main view 56<br />

input output nodes (flowgraph) 127<br />

input profile (main view)<br />

defined 292<br />

selecting 69<br />

Input Roll/Image node (flowgraph) 127<br />

input source<br />

flowgraph 134<br />

main view 65<br />

input timing (flowgraph) 134<br />

installing software 9<br />

integrity<br />

definition 292<br />

warning (flowgraph) 98<br />

Index<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 301


Index<br />

ISO 210, 211<br />

K<br />

kdm.ini file<br />

as default 239<br />

problems with 270<br />

saving to 232<br />

KODAK cameras 210<br />

L<br />

lab uses 2<br />

labs lad normal values<br />

flowgraph view 152<br />

main view 83<br />

LAD<br />

definition 292<br />

gray patch, definition 292<br />

lambert, definition 292<br />

lamp intensity<br />

adjusting (flowgraph) 162<br />

adjusting in main view 85<br />

definition 292<br />

LCD, definition 292<br />

licenses<br />

adding 20<br />

features 5<br />

not recognized (main view) 264<br />

selecting (flowgraph) 107<br />

selecting (main view) 37<br />

lift<br />

adjusting in Color Corrector (flowgraph)<br />

161<br />

adjusting in Color Corrector (main view)<br />

84<br />

definition 292<br />

loading<br />

camera images 214<br />

settings (Display Manager) 239<br />

lock timing<br />

flowgraph view 152, 156<br />

main view 81<br />

log-E range, definition 292<br />

logs, verification (Display Manager) 255<br />

look browser<br />

defined 292<br />

overview 22<br />

look builder<br />

image does not refresh 262<br />

image doesn’t appear 259<br />

overview 30<br />

toolbars 32<br />

won’t open 263<br />

looks<br />

applying (main view) 75<br />

communicating with partners 3<br />

comparing (flowgraph) 206<br />

creating (flowgraph) 109<br />

creating (main view) 73<br />

definition 292<br />

importing (main view) 76<br />

merging (flowgraph) 169, 171<br />

not as expected 271<br />

renaming (main view) 76<br />

saving base look (main view) 32<br />

viewing in Look Builder 30, 88<br />

viewing without look applied 74<br />

luminance<br />

definition 292<br />

setting (Display Manager) 234<br />

LUT<br />

applying (flowgraph) 194<br />

applying (main view) 194<br />

definition 293<br />

exporting (flowgraph) 191<br />

exporting (main view) 193<br />

M<br />

main toolbar (flowgraph) 94<br />

main window<br />

Display Manager 229<br />

flowgraph view 93<br />

manual calibration 228, 244<br />

Master Positive<br />

color timing tab (flowgraph) 152<br />

defined 293<br />

described (flowgraph) 96<br />

302 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


films tab (flowgraph) 149<br />

flashing tab (flowgraph) 150<br />

main view 80<br />

Matrix Gamma node (flowgraph)<br />

described 96<br />

uses 165<br />

memorizing Color Corrector adjustments 84<br />

Merge node (flowgraph) 96, 168<br />

merging<br />

looks (flowgraph) 169, 171<br />

split image (flowgraph) 169<br />

moncal warning (flowgraph) 98, 202<br />

monitor calibration, See Display Manager<br />

monitor primaries<br />

definition 293<br />

tracking 248<br />

monitors<br />

calibrating 227<br />

evaluating 243<br />

preparing 232<br />

selecting type (flowgraph) 104<br />

selecting type (main view) 36<br />

setting color quality 7<br />

N<br />

Negative<br />

flowgraph view 137<br />

main view 78<br />

NIKON cameras 212<br />

nodes (flowgraph)<br />

apply 3DLut 170<br />

Color Corrector 161<br />

connecting 112<br />

Custom Looks 184<br />

definition 293<br />

described 96<br />

Emulation 137<br />

Input/Output 127<br />

Matrix Gamma 165<br />

Merge 168<br />

Negative 137<br />

Print Emulation 154<br />

Save 135<br />

Index<br />

Split 167<br />

Standard Looks 179<br />

Timing 163<br />

notes<br />

adding to printed image (main view) 220<br />

adding to recipe (flowgraph) 98<br />

O<br />

one light timing<br />

flowgraph view 152, 156<br />

main view 81<br />

online help 8<br />

opening<br />

Display Manager 228<br />

existing project (main view) 49<br />

flowgraph recipe 94<br />

flowgraph view 93<br />

Image<strong>View</strong>er (flowgraph) 200<br />

Look Manager 18<br />

node options (flowgraph) 113<br />

options windows, definition 293<br />

out-of-gamut<br />

Display Manager 254<br />

flowgraph 203<br />

main view 32<br />

output media<br />

flowgraph 157<br />

main view 68<br />

output profile (main view)<br />

defined 293<br />

selecting 69<br />

setting default 39<br />

output timing (flowgraph) 158<br />

P<br />

padding, definition 293<br />

password protection (flowgraph) 120<br />

patches<br />

definition 293<br />

timing between 238<br />

photo printers 215<br />

pixel values<br />

flowgraph 201<br />

main view 31<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 303


Index<br />

post-production<br />

definition 293<br />

uses 2<br />

preferences<br />

Display Manager 233<br />

flowgraph view 103<br />

main view 36<br />

pre-production<br />

definition 293<br />

uses 1<br />

primary color correction<br />

flowgraph 161<br />

main view 84<br />

Print Emulation node (flowgraph)<br />

color timing 155<br />

films tab 154<br />

flashing 159<br />

printing media tab 157<br />

print film<br />

definition 293<br />

selecting (flowgraph) 154<br />

Print process (main view) 80<br />

printer<br />

lights, adjusting (flowgraph) 153, 156<br />

lights, adjusting (main view) 80, 82<br />

offsets (flowgraph) 203, 224<br />

offsets (main view) 224<br />

setting up 6800 216<br />

setting up 8500 215<br />

setting up Printer Docks 216<br />

supported models 215<br />

Printer Docks, setting up 216<br />

printing<br />

annotation (flowgraph) 223<br />

annotation (main view) 220<br />

media (flowgraph) 157<br />

media, definition 293<br />

still images (flowgraph) 221<br />

still images (main view) 218<br />

to film, template (flowgraph) 116<br />

profile<br />

characterization 228<br />

input/output (main view) 69<br />

project (main view)<br />

creating new 42<br />

defined 293<br />

importing 53<br />

open existing 49<br />

saving 53<br />

synchronizing 50<br />

tips 41<br />

projection mask<br />

changing 67<br />

defined 294<br />

flowgraph view 130<br />

selecting for new project 45<br />

projector aim<br />

luminance adjust 235<br />

setting 234<br />

projector SPD 234<br />

Q<br />

quadrant view (main view)<br />

defined 294<br />

displaying 88<br />

Quick Preview (flowgraph)<br />

definition 294<br />

using 199<br />

R<br />

Range 153<br />

read-only recipe (flowgraph)<br />

indicator 98<br />

saving as/resaving 120<br />

recipe (flowgraph)<br />

authenticity warning 125<br />

basic steps 109<br />

closing 115<br />

commercial 100<br />

creating 112<br />

creating from a template 117<br />

definition 294<br />

description 124<br />

digital intermediate 101<br />

information 120<br />

information (icon) 94<br />

inputting an image 128<br />

304 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


integrity 98<br />

issue 125, 263<br />

open existing 94<br />

properties, viewing 123<br />

saving 94, 119<br />

sharing 121, 122<br />

traditional film processing 102<br />

refined look<br />

defined 294<br />

exporting image with 86<br />

regulatory information 285<br />

relative emulation (flowgraph)<br />

definition 294<br />

warning 202<br />

renaming<br />

look (main view) 76<br />

scene (main view) 72<br />

reproduction warnings (flowgraph)<br />

definition 294<br />

listed 202<br />

requirements 287<br />

resize<br />

definition 294<br />

images (flowgraph) 130<br />

reversed image (flowgraph) 114<br />

rgb values<br />

flowgraph 201<br />

main view 31<br />

S<br />

sample recipes (flowgraph)<br />

commercial 100<br />

digital intermediate 101<br />

Merge node 169<br />

Split node 167<br />

traditional feature 102<br />

saturation<br />

adjusting in Color Corrector (flowgraph)<br />

161<br />

adjusting in Color Corrector(main view)<br />

85<br />

definition 294<br />

Save node (flowgraph)<br />

described 96<br />

using 135<br />

saving<br />

base look (main view) 32, 85<br />

images (flowgraph) 133<br />

multiple images (flowgraph) 135<br />

project (main view) 53<br />

recipe (flowgraph) 94, 119<br />

settings (Display Manager) 239<br />

templates (flowgraph) 118<br />

with password (flowgraph) 120<br />

scaling images (flowgraph) 130<br />

scanning media (flowgraph)<br />

definition 294<br />

identifying 133<br />

scene (main view)<br />

creating 55<br />

defined 294<br />

delete 72<br />

editing information 72<br />

importing 64<br />

importing images into 56<br />

importing into project 53<br />

moving images between 63<br />

viewing area 25<br />

scene layout (main view) 21<br />

scouting locations 1<br />

sensor<br />

definition 294<br />

falls off 268<br />

not recognized 269<br />

selecting 237<br />

SEQUEL 15<br />

supported 231<br />

X-RITE 13<br />

SEQUEL sensors<br />

4/C serial 17<br />

4/C USB 15<br />

4/L USB 16<br />

settings, load/save Display Manager 239<br />

sharing looks<br />

flowgraph 121<br />

main view 86<br />

shortcut keys<br />

Display Manager 281<br />

Index<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 305


Index<br />

flowgraph view 277<br />

Image Controller 279<br />

Look Builder 275<br />

Scene Layout 273<br />

shoulder, definition 294<br />

skip bleach<br />

apply (main view) 79, 81, 83<br />

definition 295<br />

setting (flowgraph) 139<br />

SMPTE, defined 295<br />

source type<br />

changing (main view) 65<br />

definition 295<br />

identifying (flowgraph) 134<br />

SPD, loading 234<br />

spectrophotometer/spectroradiometer 234<br />

Split node (flowgraph) 96, 167<br />

spot meter (flowgraph)<br />

definition 295<br />

enabling 132<br />

Standard looks<br />

flowgraph 179<br />

main view 174<br />

startup template (flowgraph) 106<br />

status bar (flowgraph) 98<br />

stop offset value (flowgraph) 148<br />

straight line, definition 295<br />

swiping images 90<br />

synchronization (main view)<br />

exporting file 50<br />

importing file 53<br />

system requirements 287<br />

T<br />

targets (Display Manager)<br />

definition 295<br />

selecting 235<br />

technical support 8<br />

Telecine<br />

definition 295<br />

template<br />

applying (main view) 75<br />

creating/deleting (flowgraph) 118<br />

definition 295<br />

managing (main view) 74<br />

selecting startup (flowgraph) 106<br />

setting default (main view) 75<br />

VISION2 HD (flowgraph) 116<br />

VISION2 HD (main view) 174<br />

timer, definition 295<br />

timing (Display Manager)<br />

between patches 238<br />

recommendation 266<br />

timing lights, definition 295<br />

Timing node (flowgraph) 96, 163<br />

toe, definition 295<br />

tolerances (Display Manager)<br />

definition 295<br />

setting 237<br />

toolbars<br />

customizing (flowgraph) 94<br />

customizing (main view) 28<br />

toolnodes (flowgraph) 163<br />

t-stop, definition 295<br />

U<br />

unity matrix<br />

creating (flowgraph) 166<br />

definition 296<br />

V<br />

verification (Display Manager)<br />

definition 296<br />

described 228<br />

fails 267<br />

film look 253<br />

logs 255<br />

monitor setup 250<br />

when 250<br />

video calibration 235<br />

video card, update 259<br />

viewing environment 232<br />

VISION2 HD System Edition<br />

flowgraph view 178<br />

main view 174<br />

overview 173<br />

306 KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2


W<br />

what’s this 8, 94<br />

white point<br />

adjusting in Display Manager 244<br />

chromaticity 236<br />

definition 296<br />

setting in Color Corrector (main view) 85<br />

workspace<br />

definition 296<br />

options (flowgraph) 98<br />

X<br />

X-RITE<br />

DTP92+EK 14<br />

DTP94+EK 13<br />

Z<br />

zoom in zoom out (flowgraph) 94<br />

Index<br />

KODAK Look Manager System User Guide V2.2 307

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!